20110213 Ver 1_Mitigation Plans_20111114

Al�'LMG
LAND MANAGEMENT GROUP INC
Environmental Consultants
MEMORANDUM
TO Eric Kulz, NC DWQ
FROM Christian Preziosi, LMG
DATE November 8, 2012
� 1713
RE Northeast Cape Fear Mitigation Bank — Mitigation Plan (September 2012)
Eric
Per your request, Land Management Group (LMG) is providing one hard -copy of the complete
Mitigation Plan (September 2012) for the Northeast Cape Fear Mitigation Bank
Please let us know if you need anything else Thanks -
Sincerel4Prezi
ti
Christiai
La nd Management Group, Inc
Encl Mitigation Plan (September 2012)
15�L.5U V I5
NOV 1 4 2012
www.lmgroup.net • info @Imgroup.net • Phone: [phone] • Fax: [phone]
3805 Wrightsville Ave., Suite 15, Wilmington, NC 28403 • P.O. Box 2522, Wilmington, NC 28402

( � x
m'6A
int ;
r'�1�4,�A,r��r} r�H F } � t ;h ! t�i I ��r ti!. •,� � r / ,�' .� tt..

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ..... . ..... .. .. .. .. ..1
I.0 SITE IDENTIFICATION AND LOCATION ......... . ..... ................... .... 2
2.0 WATERSHED CHARACTERIZATION .............. ......................... .....2
3.0 MITIGATION GOALS ... . .. .. 4
A. General Purpose . ............. .............4
B. Target Functions .. ... .... ... .... .. 5
4.0 SITE DESCRIPTION . .... ....... ..................... ................... ...7
A Community Types .. .. ............... ......... . ...... ... ... 7
B. Vegetation . . .. ... ........ .......8
C Soil Characteristics ........... ............................... ................ ... ... .9
D. Hydrology /Hydraulic Characteristics . ......... . .......... .. ....10
E Threatened & Endangered Species ........ ........ . ........ ... ........ 11
F Cultural Resources .. ... . ........ ............................... ................. .. .. 12
5.0 RESTORATION PLAN ............................. .. .. ....... ............... .....12
A Overview..... .. ............ ........... ....... ... ... ... .12
B Restoration (Non - Riparian and Riparian/Zero- Order) . ....... ...... ... 12
1. Hydrology Restoration .. .................. ............................ .... .. .12
2. Proposed Grading ...... ............................... ............ .. ... ... ..14
3. Vegetation Restoration .. .... .... .. ......... . ..............15
C Wetland Enhancement.. ............................... ............................... ....18
D Wetland Preservation ......... .......19
6.0 POST - CONSTRUCTION MONITORING AND MANAGEMENT ........ .......19
A. Wetland Restoration Performance Criteria . ....... ........ ...... . . 20
B. Zero -Order Stream Restoration Success Criteria ....... ........ ........................ 24
C. Non - Riparian Wetland Enhancement Success Criteria ..... . ............ 25
7.0 BANK OPERATION ............. ........ ........... .... ...... .... ........26
A Geographic Service Area . ....... ..... ..... .. .... .... 26
B. Bank Sponsor .. ... . ... ... ................. . ... ......... ....27
C. Bank Credit Determination and Use .. ....... ...... . ...... ........... 28
D Bank Implementation and Schedule .................. ....... ......... ....29
8.0 SITE MANAGEMENT .......... . ................. . .... ... .................. .......31
A. Adaptive Management ........ .......................... . .......................... 31
B Long -Term Management ............................ ...... ..................... ..32
9.0 CONCLUSION .................. . ... ..... ........ ........... ..... 32
10.0 SOURCES OF INFORMATION ................. ... ......... .. .34
i

TABLES
1. PROPOSED PLANTING PLAN
2. MITIGATION QUANTITIES AND CREDIT TOTALS
3. MITIGATION CREDITS BY STREAM AND WETLAND TYPE
4 PROJECT TIMELINE
FIGURES
1 VICINITY MAP
2 USGS TOPOGRAPHIC MAP
3 NCDOT LIDAR MAP
4. NRCS SOIL SURVEY MAP
5. 2009 AERIAL WITH PARCEL BOUNDARIES
6. NC WAM CLASSIFICATION MAP
7. SITE - SPECIFIC SOIL DELINEATION
8 DITCH NETWORK FLOW DIRECTION MAP
9. RESTORATION PLAN
10. GRADING PLAN AND PLUG LOCATION MAP
I 1 A. ZERO ORDER GRADING AND RESTORATION PLAN
11 B ZERO ORDER VALLEY PROFILES
12 RESTORATION HABITAT TYPE
13. PLANTING AND MONITORING PLAN MAP
14 GEOGRAPHIC SERVICE AREA (GSA) MAP
APPENDICES
A SITE PHOTOGRAPHS
B. APPROVED WETLAND BOUNDARY SURVEY
C. NC WAM ASSESSMENT (DATA SHEETS)
D HISTORICAL AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHS
E DRAINMOD ASSESSMENT
F US FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE LETTER
G STATE HISTORIC PRESERVATION OFFICE LETTER
H. FOREST HABITAT MANAGEMENT PLAN
I. ECOREGION MAP
J. CONSERVATION EASEMENT PLAT
ii

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The implementation of the proposed Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank will
provide for the restoration of a large, ecologically significant headwater wetland complex of
the outer Coastal Plain. The Bank consists of the Holly Shelter Bay Tract, a 1,273 -acre site
historically manipulated and managed for silvicultural production An intensive ditch
network has effectively removed characteristic wetland hydrology across much of the site and
directly discharges to an unnamed tributary of the Northeast Cape Fear River In addition,
characteristic wetland vegetation communities have been converted to monoculture pine
stands. As a result of these management practices, vast acreage of wetland habitat has been
either degraded or removed entirely
The proposed project will restore 836 acres of non - riparian wetland habitat and provide for
protected habitat connectivity between the Northeast Cape Fear River and Holly Shelter
Game Lands In addition, approximately 1,427 if of zero -order stream valley will be restored
at the down- gradient section of the existing outlet canal. Restoration activities will involve
the backfilling and /or plugging of the existing drainage network, removal of road beds, and
planting of characteristic wetland trees and shrubs in select areas of the tract The project will
result in the re- establishment of natural wetland hydroperiods associated with the broad,
interstream landscape position and zero -order stream An additional 255 acres of wetland
enhancement and preservation (both riparian and non - riparian wetlands) will be included in
the Bank project Over 2,100 linear feet of first -order stream (UT to the Northeast Cape Fear
River) will also be preserved A total of 1,153 acres will be placed into a perpetual
conservation easement for the long -term protection of the site
The objective of the Bank is to provide suitable, high - quality wetland mitigation for
authorized impacts within the Northeast Cape Fear River Basin Ecological uplift will be
achieved through the restoration of characteristic hydroperiods and vegetative communities.
It is anticipated that a number of key wetland functions and values will be restored including
floodwater retention/abatement, sediment retention, nutrient transformation, and groundwater
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 1
Wetland Restoration Plan — September 2012

recharge In addition, given the scale of this project, habitat benefits will likely be realized on
both a watershed and regional level
The following Mitigation Plan provides more detailed information regarding existing site
conditions, proposed restoration activities, bank operation/construction, and monitoring for
the Holly Shelter Bay site.
1.0 SITE IDENTIFICATION AND LOCATION
The Holly Shelter Bay tract is located immediately northeast of the intersection of NC Hwy
210 and Shaw Highway (east of Interstate 40), near Rocky Point ( Pender County), NC. The
site is bounded to the east by Holly Shelter Game Lands and is located approximately 1/2 mile
directly east of the Northeast Cape Fear River. Much of the property occupies a broad
mterstream landscape position encompassing the headwaters of Merrick's Creek (that flows to
the south) and an unnamed tributary of the Northeast Cape Fear River (that flows to the west).
Refer to the enclosed site location map (Figure 1), USGS topographic quadrangle (Figure 2),
LIDAR topographic map (Figure 3), and the Pender County Soil Survey map (Figure 4) for
additional site information. A 2009 aerial photograph of the site (Figure 5) is also enclosed
for reference
2.0 WATERSHED CHARACTERIZATION
The Holly Shelter Bay site is located within the Northeast Cape Fear River watershed (DWQ
Subbasin 03- 06 -23) The subbasin consists of managed forestry tracts, low - density residential
and high density commercial /industrial developments along the HWY 210 and Interstate 40
corridors. Increased development and population growth is expanding in the areas north of
Wilmington, NC According to the Cape Fear Basmwide Water Quality Plan (NCDWQ
2005), population growth is expected to grow by 140,000 people in the counties with portions
or all their areas within this subbasm by 2020 Streams and waterbodies within the watershed
are susceptible to impairment from nutrient loading, low ambient dissolved oxygen (DO)
concentrations, and fecal bacteria contamination The Northeast Cape Fear River from NC
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 2
Wetland Restoration Plan — September 2012

Highway 210 to Prince George Creek (15 6 miles) is `Impaired' on a monitored basis in the
fish consumption category and will be added to the 303(d) list of Impaired Waters ( NCDWQ
2005).
Surface waters within the project areas drain directly to the Northeast Cape Fear River
through a network of drainage ditches The NCDWQ surface water body classification for the
Northeast Cape Fear River is B -Sw and applies to the section of river immediately down -
gradient of the project site ( NCDWQ, 2000) "Sw" denotes a freshwater swamp that is
protected for secondary recreation Secondary recreation includes wading, boating, and other
uses involving human body contact with water where such activities take place in an
infrequent, unorganized, or incidental manner
Overall, the Northeast Cape Fear River and its tributaries are susceptible to water quality
impairments associated with low DO, high total nitrogen, and high total phosphorous. High
nutrient concentrations originate from non -point source loading. Sediment loading
(associated with intensive silvicultural and agricultural drainage practices) is prevalent
throughout the watershed. These impairments tend to be exacerbated by channelization of
streams and ditching of adjacent headwater wetlands, resulting in diminished nutrient uptake
and nutrient/sediment loading to down - gradient waters.
Prior to conversion to silviculture, the tract of land encompassing the limits of the restoration
project area consisted of headwater wetland habitats characteristic of the Coastal Plain In
particular, a majority of the site consisted of Carolina bay (pocosin) and wet pine flatwood
(both pine flat and pine savanna) wetland communities forming the headwater complex of
Merricks Creek and an unnamed tributary to the Cape Fear River These types of wetlands
support a number of functions /values including, but not limited to the following groundwater
recharge, flood water storage and attenuation, filtration and storage of nutrients, sediments,
and/or toxic substances, and refuge /feeding habitat for resident and migratory fauna Since
the 1970s, these functions have been compromised through the extensive conversion practices
(clearing and prescribed drainage improvements) as well as on -going silvicultural
management of the site (ditching, bedding, clear- cutting, etc ). The Cape Fear River and its
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 3
Wetland Restoration Plan — September 2012

tributaries, in particular, have exhibited significant water quality impairments associated with
low dissolved oxygen (DO), high total nitrogen (TN), and high total phosphorus (TP) High
nutrient concentrations originate from non -point source loading associated with intensive
agricultural and silvicultural practices common throughout the watershed These impairments
are likely exacerbated by channelization of local streams and ditching of headwater wetlands,
resulting in diminished nutrient uptake and nutrient/sediment loading to down - gradient
waters Furthermore, hypoxic /anoxic conditions and toxic algal blooms have contributed to
various fish kills reported in the Cape Fear River over the past two decades.
3.0 MITIGATION GOALS
A. General Purpose
The purpose of the Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank is to provide high - quality
compensatory mitigation to offset authorized Section 404 and 401 impacts within and
adjacent to the Northeast Cape Fear River 8 -Digit Hydrologic Unit (03030007). Note that the
Sponsor is considering the evaluation and inclusion of other site(s) that are consistent with the
goal of providing functional uplift and watershed benefits The inclusion of any additional
site(s) would need to be reviewed and approved by the IRT and described in further detail
within the Banking Instrument
The goal of the Holly Shelter Bay restoration effort is to provide for functional uplift to a
variety of wetland habitat types including: non - riparian pocosm, wet pine flat, and pine
savanna and riparian (non- riverine) headwater forest (including zero -order stream)
Functional uplift will be accomplished via the restoration, enhancement, and preservation of
self - sustaining wetland habitat The entire site will be protected via a perpetual conservation
easement The project goals and objectives will be achieved on a multi- spatial scale, and
include the following:
• To capture and store hydrologic input (i.e precipitation) that is currently shunted
downstream via the existing drainage network,
• To re- establish native vegetation communities;
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 4
Wetland Restoration Plan — September 2012

• To improve watershed and regional water quality, and
• To provide protected wildlife habitat
B. Tarmet Functions
The proposed mitigation bank provides a unique opportunity to restore expansive areas of
headwater wetlands that drain to Merrick's Creek and an unnamed tributary of the Northeast
Cape Fear River Given its landscape position, soil type, and degree of degradation, the site is
well suited for restoration The mitigation effort will provide and/or significantly uplift a
number of wetland functions that have been either significantly impacted or removed entirely
through anthropogenic impacts. Specific functions beneficially affected by the project
include:
Nutrient Removal /Transformation — Silvicultural management practices serve to increase
net export of nitrogen and phosphorous to downstream waters particularly during harvest
and post - harvest periods Both N and P are soluble and enter water bodies through
surface water runoff. The extensive drain network of the mitigation site decreases
residency times and increases peak flow runoff As a result, site drainage and open block
ditching provide direct conduits of contaminants (including N and P) to down - gradient
water bodies Nutrient loading may manifest itself in a variety of water quality
impairments including hypoxia/anoxia, aquatic weed infestations, and toxic algal blooms
Water quality impairments, in turn, can adversely affect resident macromvertebrate and
fish assemblages Transformation and removal of nitrogen and phosphorous will be
enhanced through re- establishment of characteristic wetland hydroperiods, removal of
direct conduits, and the protection of restored forested wetlands
Flood Attenuation and Surface Water Storage — Restored wetlands will dissipate the
current rapid delivery of stormwater runoff via existing ditches and canals. Both surface
and subsurface water storage will be increased, ameliorating downstream runoff events
and associated adverse impacts
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 5
Wetland Restoration Plan — September 2012

Sediment/Pollutant Capture and Retention — Restoration of the site will reduce sediment
runoff via plugging and backfilling of existing ditches and canals This will reduce the
erosive velocity of runoff and channel flows Protection of the site via a conservation
easement will remove any potential occurrence of ditch clean-out/maintenance.
Removing the land from silvicultural production will eliminate potential sediment run -off
that occurs during harvest periods and will reduce overall sediment loading to downstream
waters
Groundwater Discharge and Recharge - Restoration of typical hydroperiods will allow the
restored wetlands to increase infiltration and reduce surface runoff Shallower and longer
hydroperiods will help prolong base flow in the riparian areas near the western boundary
of the site
Wildlife Habitat — The restoration of such a large functioning wetland will provide for
improved feeding and refuge habitat for a variety of resident and transient fauna such as
black bear (Ursus americana), white - tailed deer (Odocozleus vrrginianus), and a variety of
herpetofauna (e g American alligator, pygmy rattlesnake, Eastern slender glass lizard)
and bird species (e g northern bobwhite, northern flicker, Bachman's sparrow) In
addition, restoration and protection of wet pine savanna areas may become suitable habitat
for the red - cockaded woodpecker (Prcordes borealis). The Bank site is situated between
two natural areas (Holly Shelter Game Land and the Northeast Cape Fear River
Floodplam) identified as Significant Natural Heritage Sites by the North Carolina Natural
Heritage Program These two natural heritage sites are considered nationally significant
and are examples of natural communities that are among the highest quality (NCNHP
2011). The location of the proposed Bank site is considered particularly beneficial since it
can provide a protected habitat corridor between these two Significant Natural Heritage
Sites
These restored functions are likely to have discernible benefits to water quality and habitat on
a local and regional level. The filling of ditches has been shown to be essential to the
recovery of such ecosystems (De Steven and Toner, 2004). The Northeast Cape Fear River
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 6
Wetland Restoration Plan — September 2012

Basin is particularly susceptible to the loss of wetland function and associated watershed
impacts due to increased development pressure in combination with existing intensive site
management practices associated with large -scale farming and silviculture in this region of
eastern North Carolina The restoration of an expansive non - riparian wetland system will
help to replace the wetland functions critical to water quality and wildlife habitat in the area
4.0 SITE DESCRIPTION
A. Community Types
The tract consists predominantly of former pocosm and wet pine flatwood communities The
pocosin community is associated with concave positions of the broad mterstream areas and is
underlain by organic soils (i e Croatan series). Remnant areas of this wetland community
type are still present The wet pine flatwood complex (both pine flat and pine savanna)
occupy the broad flats where mineral soils and slightly higher landscape position contribute to
briefer hydroperiods The primary wetland types targeted for restoration are non - riparian
pocosm, pine flat, and pine savanna. Based upon the Cowardm classification for wetland and
deepwater habitats (Cowardm et al 1979), the primary wetland community type to be restored
is Palustrine Forested Wetland (broad - leaved deciduous, needle - leaved deciduous and broad -
leaved evergreen) A section of existing riparian wetlands and zero -order stream valley exists
at the down - gradient location of the primary drainage outlet of the site on the western
boundary The enclosed site photographs depict existing conditions of the Bank site (refer to
Appendix A) The limits of jurisdictional wetlands are depicted in Appendix B (Wetland
Delineation Boundary Survey)
The Holly Shelter Bay Tract has also been evaluated using the North Carolina Wetland
Assessment Method (NC WAM) to determine the level of function of the on -site wetlands
relative to the reference condition of the unimpaired wetlands of Holly Shelter Game Lands
The purpose of NC WAM is to provide the public and private sectors with an accurate,
consistent, rapid, observational, and scientifically based field method to determine the level of
function of a wetland relative to reference condition (when appropriate) for each general
wetland type in North Carolina (NCWFAT 2010) NC WAM generates two wetland
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 7
Wetland Restoration Plan — September 2012

functional ratings the first is a reflection of wetland condition as represented by on -site
indicators of function, and the second is wetland condition as modified by wetland
opportunity (determined by the condition of the watershed draining to a specific wetland)
(NCWAM 2007) For this site, NC WAM has been used to consider the chemical, physical,
and biological functions for each general wetland type and assess the general performance of
each function relative to that particular wetland type Historical silvicultural ditching across
the site has degraded the three NC WAM functions of hydrology, water quality, and habitat,
through a reduction in both surface and sub - surface storage and retention volumes In using
the NC WAM wetland classification system, a total of six (6) out of the sixteen (16) general
wetland types for North Carolina have been specified for this tract Specifically, pocosin, pine
flat, non- riverme swamp forest, riverme swamp forest, headwater forest, and basin wetland
types have been identified (Figure 6) The functional ratings of these wetlands ranged from
Medium to High Refer to Appendix C for a compilation of the functional ratings for each
wetland within the Holly Shelter Bay Tract
B. Vegetation
The predominant land use of the tract and surrounding area is silvicultural production
Dominant wetland vegetation of the tract includes species such as loblolly pine (Prnus taeda),
red maple (Acer rubrum), and sweet gum (Lrqurdambar styraciflua) Nearly all the former
wetland habitat on the tract has been drained and managed for timber production. As
indicated earlier, the site was converted to a silvicultural site sometime during the 1970s (refer
to attached historic aerial photographs in Appendix D) At the time of preliminary site
investigations (Fall and Winter 2010), the southwestern portion of the site had been recently
logged. Remaining managed areas consist of various aged pine stands Existing wetland
areas exhibit greater densities of bay species including red bay (Persea palustris), sweet bay
(Magnolia virginrana), and loblolly bay (Gordonia lasianthus). Other commonly occurring
species in undramed portions of the tract include catbrier (Smilax species), red maple (Acer
rubrum), fetterbush (Lyonia lucida), bitter gallberry (Ilex glabra) and, trti (Cyrilla
racemiflora) Netted chain fern (Woodwardia areolata), and cinnamon fern (Osmunda
cinnamomea) are common herbaceous species of these areas.
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 8
Wetland Restoration Plan — September 2012

Drained wetland areas (suitable for restoration) exhibit a mix of species indicative of changes
in hydrology Remnant wetland canopy species (e g red maple) tend to persist in certain
areas However, subcanopy species and herbaceous vegetation is indicative of drier
conditions resulting from site drainage These species include water oak (Quercus nigra),
yellow jessamine (Gelsrmium sempervirens), horse sugar (Symplocos tinctoria), bracken fern
(Pteridium aquilinum), and dog fennel (Eupatorium capol folium) Loblolly pine remains as
the dominant canopy species throughout the site
C. Soil Characteristics
The tract (located within the headwaters of Merricks Creek and an unnamed tributary to the
Cape Fear River) exhibits nearly level to gently sloping topography The site and surrounding
area is grouped in the Murville- Croatan- Torhunta general soil complex. This assemblage is
characterized by nearly level, very poorly drained soils that have mucky or loamy surface
layer and a sandy or loamy subsoil. These soils are not typically subject to frequent flooding
The predominant wetland soil units occurring on the tract are Murville muck and Leon fine
sand soil series These soils occur on broad mterstream flats and /or depressions and are very
poorly and poorly drained, respectively (refer to Figure 4) Each of these soil units is
characterized by low chroma (black or very dark grey), often mucky to fine sandy surfaces
The Murville series has a black, mucky fine sand surface layer to approximately 11" and is
underlain by a dark gray -black spodic layer to a depth of approximately 49" The Leon series
consists of a very dark grey, fine sand to approximately 16" and is underlain by a very dark
grey fine sandy spodic layer to approximately 27 ", which is underlain by a light grey fine
sand to 40 ", followed by a dark reddish brown weakly cemented to very friable spodic layer
to 80" Other wetland soil units on the tract include Torhunta mucky fine sandy loam and
Woodmgton fine sandy loam These are very poorly drained to poorly drained soils occurring
in broad flats and in depressions of uplands
A detailed hydric soil delineation was completed by licensed soil scientists of LMG Based
upon the soil delineation, over 85% of the tract consists of hydric soils. The location and
extent of the hydric soils occurring on the tract is depicted in Figure 7 The figure also depicts
the location of the various soil series identified on the site This information, in conjunction
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 9
Wetland Restoration Plan — September 2012

with landscape position, was used to identify the type and extent of the target wetland
community types
D. Hydroloufflydraulic Characteristics
As indicated above, the site has been historically impacted by timber management practices
An intensive drainage network (of varying ditch size and spacing) effectively drains most of
the former non - riparian wetlands occurring on the property (Figure 8). Drained hydric soils
(1 e low - chroma, friable soils exhibiting a relatively high percentage of uncoated sand grains)
are clearly evident along either side of existing ditches on the tract Subsidence around old -
growth trees and oxidation of surficial organics are also indications of long -term drainage
Given the predominant soil type on the tract and observed field indicators, the lateral drainage
effect of the ditches was estimated to be approximately 150 ft to 300 ft depending upon the
depth of the ditch and the topography of the adjacent land The drainage effect was limited or
absent within depressional areas of the site For this reason, depressions exhibiting field
indicators of wetland hydrology were delineated as wetlands regardless of their proximity to a
drainage feature Estimates of lateral drainage distances are consistent with those values
observed in other drained sites with soil groups exhibiting similar hydraulic conductivity and
drainable porosity and are conservative based upon regional drainage guides and DrainMod
analysis The lateral extent of drainage was confirmed as part of a jurisdictional
determination obtained for the tract (Appendix B).
DrainMod analysis was conducted using site specific conductivity measurements and water
table level monitoring data over a 5 -month period Model runs indicate that the effective
lateral drainage distance of a ditch with 4 -ft of freeboard exceeded 700 -ft (refer to Appendix
E) for the summary of DrainMod results). Given that smaller lateral ditches typically
exhibited shallower depths of freeboard, more conservative estimates of drainage distance as
supported by field indicators were used for the final jurisdictional determination. Based upon
the final jurisdictional determination, 255 acres exhibit hydrology sufficient to be considered
jurisdictional wetlands An additional 837 acres of former wetland areas have been
effectively drained via long -term forestry management practices
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 10
Wetland Restoration Plan — September 2012

E. Threatened and Endangered Species
A review of the NC Natural Heritage Program database was conducted to determine the
documented occurrence of any threatened or endangered species within the project boundary
and adjacent parcels While several species (including red - cockaded woodpecker and
southern hognose snake) have been observed within Pender County and the adjacent Holly
Shelter Game Lands, habitat conditions suitable for these species has been compromised on
the site via intensive forestry management practices Areas that may provide suitable habitat
(e.g. remaining wetlands) for lady lupine (Lupinus villosus) and other rare wetland flora and
the southern hognose snake (Heterodon simus) will not be disturbed during the wetland
restoration effort The U S Fish and Wildlife Service ( USFWS) has concurred that the
proposed mitigation action is not likely to adversely affect federally - listed species or their
critical habitat as defined by the Endangered Species Act (ESA) (refer to Appendix F)
Removal of the tract from on -going silvicultural production and restoration of groundwater
and vegetative communities is anticipated to benefit habitats of both state - listed and federally -
listed species In particular, preservation of long -leaf pine savanna areas will promote the
expansion of red - cockaded woodpecker populations from the adjacent Holly Shelter Game
Lands Restoration and conservation of the `endangered' longleaf pine ecosystem is
consistent with the USFWS Recovery Program for the red - cockaded woodpecker Indeed, the
longleaf pine savanna community is considered `imperiled' due to its vulnerability to
extirpation, and thus conservation of this community type is considered particularly
important
Restoration and preservation of the site is also anticipated to beneficially affect other state
priority species (such as the oak toad, pygmy rattlesnake, northern flicker, American kestrel,
red - headed woodpecker, American alligator, and the eastern glass lizard). In addition, the
proposed mitigation site will offer habitat connectivity between two nationally significant
natural areas (Holly Shelter Game Lands and the Northeast Cape Fear River Floodplain).
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 11
Wetland Restoration Plan — September 2012

F. Cultural Resources
The project will not have an effect on any structures /properties eligible or listed on the
National Register of Historic Places Based upon a review of maps at the North Carolina
Office of Archives and History, there are no known significant archaeological resources on
the restoration site The State Historic Preservation Office (SHPO) has provided concurrence
that there are no known historic resources that would be affected by the proposed project
(refer to Appendix G)
5.0 RESTORATION PLAN
A. Overview
The mitigation effort will consist of restoration, enhancement, and preservation of non-
riparian headwater wetlands (pocosm, wet pine flat, and wet pine savanna). The location and
extent of these areas is depicted in Figure 9 The mitigation bank site will be preserved in
perpetuity through the conservation easement deed recorded for the site. In general,
restoration activities will be achieved via the re- establishment of characteristic wetland
hydroperiods in areas acutely impacted by prior site ditching The areas to be graded as part
of the hydrologic restoration (including road beds and ditch backfill areas) will be replanted
with characteristic wetland trees and shrubs. Current wetland areas influenced by site
drainage will be enhanced via the effective removal of the drainage network. Relatively
undisturbed wetlands located further away from any drainage influence will be preserved via
the conservation easement deed More specific information regarding the proposed methods
of restoring, enhancing, and preserving wetland habitats within the bank site are provided
below
B. Restoration (Non- Riparian and Riparian /Zero- Order)
1. Hydrology Restoration
The proposed mitigation bank includes the restoration of 836 acres of non - riparian wetland
habitat via the backfillmg and/or plugging of ditches In addition, removal of a portion of the
roadbeds will allow for surface water to sheetflow along its natural gradient Installation of
ditch plugs and associated grading work along secondary and tertiary ditches will restore
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 12
Wetland Restoration Plan — September 2012

characteristic wetland hydrology to wet hardwood areas. Additional zero -order stream
restoration will be achieved by re- establishing a shallow, linear valley near the primary
drainage outlet for the site The restored valley will direct sheet flow toward the existing
riverme swamp forest near the western boundary of the site. Additional information
regarding the zero -order restoration is provided below. Refer to Figure 9 for the proposed
restoration plan depicting the location and extent of the restoration, enhancement, and
preservation of wetlands on the property
Hydrologic response of the restoration activities was modeled utilizing DramMod DrainMod
is a field -scale hydrologic model originally developed for the design of subsurface drainage
systems Its application is now widely used for the purposes of evaluating lateral drainage
effects of existing ditches and modeling for wetland restoration purposes The model
incorporates long -term climatological data in concert with site - specific model inputs. In this
particular case, the model has been run utilizing site- specific conductivity rates for the two
principal soil series (Murville mucky fine sand and Leon fine sand) as measured by licensed
soil scientists of LMG. In addition, the model was further calibrated by utilizing site - specific
groundwater level measurements over a 5 -month period (January 2011 through May 2011).
DramMod utilizes Reference Wetland Simulation (RWS) in which typical reference soil and
drainage inputs are used to determine minimum hydrology requirements satisfying 404
wetland jurisdictional criteria Separate model runs are then analyzed to determine current
drainage alterations. On the basis of the RWS method, DramMod simulations indicate non-
riparian wetlands have been effectively drained by block ditching on a minimum of 1400 -ft
spacing provided ditch depths are equal to or greater than 4 ft Conversely, if the effective
freeboard is raised to within 1.0 ft of the soil surface or less, then the wetland hydrologic
criterion is met Hydrologic modeling of the site indicates that wetland hydrology will be
restored via reduction of freeboard to within 10 ft of the top of bank of each ditch. Use of
impervious clay plugs and backfilling of road -side canals will ensure that the existing
drainage influence is removed. Refer to Appendix E for more detailed information regarding
the DramMod assessment performed for the Holly Shelter Bay tract
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 13
Wetland Restoration Plan — September 2012

2. Proposed Grading
Earthwork will include the backfillmg of ditches and the installation of impervious plugs to
promote hydrologic restoration of the site (Figure 10) Clay plugs will be 100 -ft in length for
the outlet canals and 25- to 50 -ft in length for the interior lateral ditches The larger canal
plugs will be reinforced with filter - fabric and rip -rap to ensure long -term stability and
functioning Existing soil roads will be removed and disked. Source material from the
roadbeds will be used to backfill the adjacent ditches Material will be consolidated to
effectively impede drainage As a result, portions of the roadside ditches will remain as open
water habitat pending final cut/fill volumes The footprint of the former roadbeds will be
planted with characteristic wetland species including bald cypress (Taxodium distichum) and
Atlantic white cedar (Chamaecyparis thyoides) pending soil type and landscape position
(refer to planting discussion below).
A shallow zero -order stream valley will be contoured in the vicinity of the outlet canal near
the western boundary (refer to Figures 11 A and 1113). Prior site management (including
construction of forestry roads and excavation of canals) has effectively removed these linear
headwater forest areas Smaller, fragmented wetlands that are remnant features of these
headwater areas have been delineated and surveyed The restoration of the valley will involve
the removal of ditches and canals that currently re -route flow past the headwater areas to
down- gradient riverine swamp forest In addition, the forestry road that dissects these former
headwater areas will be removed Impervious clay plugs will be installed in several locations
of the existing canal and specifically at any location in which the proposed valley intersects or
coincides with the canal
The earthwork will result in the restoration of both groundwater and surface water inflows
and the re- establishment of a low- gradient zero -order valley contiguous with the existing
riverine swamp forest. The restored valley will be planted with characteristic wetland species
as described in the planting plan below
Prior to placing fill material in any of the existing ditches, a Nationwide ( #27) permit will be
prepared and submitted to NC Division of Water Quality and US Army Corps of Engineers.
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 14
Wetland Restoration Plan — September 2012

As total disturbance will exceed one acre, a sediment and erosion control plan will also be
filed with NC Division of Land Quality The erosion control plan will include provisions for
installation of check dams and silt fencing to prevent sedimentation of down - gradient waters
3. Vegetation Restoration
The following types of non - riparian wetland communities will restored as part of the
comprehensive watershed restoration project (1) Pocosin (non- ripanan); (2) Pine Flat (non-
riparian), (3) Pine Savanna (non - riparian); and (4) headwater forest (riparian) (NCWAM
2007) The location and extent of these communities (post restoration) has been identified
based upon the presence of suitable soils and landscape position (Figure 12) The Pine
Savanna community type occurs in soils with deeper spodic horizons in slightly convex
landscape positions The Pine Flat community type occurs in the Murville series, Leon soil
series (with shallower spodic horizons), and Lynn Haven soil series in broad flat areas of the
tract. The Pocosin community type occurs in the Croatan series in slightly concave landscape
positions Refer to Figure 7 for the location and extent of the soil series mapped by LMG
scientists
Planting Plan Planting of characteristic wetland species will be conducted within areas of
proposed earthwork (including former dirt roads and the zero -order stream valley)
Approximately 16 acres of roadbed will be removed and planted Species composition will be
based upon the identified target community type. Plantings associated with broad interstream
flats and slightly concave landscape positions (e g. pine flat and pocosm) will include pond
pine (Pinus serotina), Atlantic white cedar (Chamaecyparrs thyordes), bald cypress
(Taxodrum distrchum), and black gum (Nyssa sylvatica) A small area of zero -order stream
valley (approximately 4 acres) will be planted with bald cypress, Atlantic white cedar, swamp
black gum (Nyssa biflora), ironwood (Carpinus carohniana), and sweet bay (Magnolia
vzrginrana). Tree seedlings will be planted on 9 -ft spacings (equivalent to a density of 538
stems /acre) in the riparian headwater areas The areas of former road beds (16 acres) will be
planted on 8 -ft centers (equivalent to a density of 680 stems /acre) The approximate location
and extent of the planting areas are depicted in Figure 13
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 15
Wetland Restoration Plan - September 2012

The following table provides specific information related to plant species density and
quantities by habitat type within the proposed planting areas
Table 1. Proposed Planting Plan
Pocosin (Carolina Bay)
16 acres
680 stems /acre)
Non - Riparian Restoration
Common Name
Scientific Name
Composition
# Planted
Bald Cypress
Taxodium dishchum
50
5,440
Black Gum
Nyssa sylvatica
20
2,176
Atlantic White Cedar
Chamaecypans thyoides
20
2,176
Pond Pine
Pinus serotma
10
1,088
SUB -TOTAL
10,880
Zero -Order Stream
4 acres
538 stems /acre)
Riparian
Restoration
Common Name
Scientific Name
%
Composition
# Planted
Bald Cypress
Taxodium disbchum
45
968
Atlantic White Cedar
Chamaecypans thyoides
15
323
Swamp Black Gum
Nyssa biflora
15
323
Ironwood
Carpinus carohn►ana
15
323
Sweet Bay
Magnolia wrginiana
10
215
SUB -TOTAL
2,152
GRAND
TOTAL
13,032
Restoration of broad wetland pine flats and pocosin outside of any earthwork will be
accomplished primarily via hydrologic restoration As described previously, much of the tract
currently consists of loblolly pine stands of varying age Composition of the shrub and
herbaceous strata varies but does include some species indicative of wetland flats and
pocosin For instance, red bay, loblolly bay (Gordonia lasranthus), and gallberry (Ilex
glabra) are still prevalent in many areas targeted for restoration. It is anticipated that in areas
where planting is not proposed the vegetative composition will trend toward the target
community types over time via hydrologic restoration The occurrence and density of other
non - characteristic species (including bracken fern, horse sugar, etc) adapted to drained
conditions will be reduced over time.
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 16
Wetland Restoration Plan — September 2012

Pane Savanna Forest Management Approximately 213 acres have been identified for wet
pine savanna restoration These areas generally consist of 15- to 20 -year planted loblolly pine
stands with dense midstory and understory bay shrubs and saplings. Current forest conditions
do not provide many of the ecological benefits of healthy southern pine forests Healthy
forests provide favorable foraging habitat by exhibiting a higher number of large pines, sparse
or absent midstory hardwoods, and abundant herbaceous groundcover (e g. native grasses and
forbs) Low intensity habitat management techniques will be implemented as part of the
mitigation project These include two primary components (1) silviculture thinning to
establish lower densities of desirable pines; and (2) prescribed burning.
Silvicultural thinning opens the forest structure and promotes the growth and health of
remaining pine trees In addition, it enhances foraging habitat, promotes desired herbaceous
groundcovers, and increases the beneficial effects of prescribed burning (USFWS 2003).
Thinning is also important to reducing the pine stand density to the desired basal area for red -
cockaded woodpeckers (RCW) The target condition for promoting RCW habitat is typically
40 to 80 square feet per acre basal area for pine with little to no midstory (Schmidt 2008) For
the Bank site, selective thinning will result in a target basal area of 40 sf /acre (or slightly less)
with an anticipated near -term increase to 60 to 70 sf /acre (resulting from increase in the
growth of remaining pines)
Subsequent to the forest thinning, a late dormant season prescribed burn will be performed
As indicated above, prescribed burning provides benefits for a number of species (e g
Bachmann's sparrow, RCW, brown - headed nuthatches, pine warblers, and red - headed
woodpeckers) characteristic of southern pine ecosystems (USFWS 2003) The burn will
reduce hardwood and woody shrub encroachment and promote the growth of desirable native
grasses and forbs. Prescribed burning of these habitats also enhances availability of nitrogen
and phosphorous for plant uptake Fire management has been documented to increase the
population of endemic plants (e g pitcher plants and Venus flytraps) that tend to grow in acid
soils such as those occurring on this site
Two additional prescribed burns are planned during the monitoring period (Year 3/4 and Year
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 17
Wetland Restoration Plan - September 2012

6/7) Prescribed burning of this site is beneficial given its location between Holly Shelter
Gamelands and Shaw Highway (including residential properties adjacent to Shaw Highway)
Prescribed burns will reduce fuel buildup and help reduce the spread of extreme wildfires that
have reoccurred in this area of Pender County over the last several years
The combined effects of the silvicultural thinning, prescribed burning, and conservation of the
pine savannah community will help to promote suitable foraging and nesting habitat for RCW
while also benefiting a variety of other plant and animal species associated with this
community type. This is particularly important in consideration that pine savannah habitat is
the most threatened habitat of the southeastern Coastal Plain Specific management methods
for the Holly Shelter Bay site are described in Appendix H of this document.
C. Wetland Enhancement
Wetland enhancement is targeted for approximately 114 acres of the project site Of the 114
acres, approximately 91 acres will include the enhancement of pocosm while the remaining
23 acres will consist of wet pine flat (refer to Figure 12). Enhancement will be achieved via
re- establishment of characteristic wetland hydrology While the enhancement areas are
believed to meet the minimum criterion for wetland hydrology, their proximity to existing
ditch and canals has resulted in compromised hydroperiods (1 e reduced duration and
amplitude) Modified hydrology has resulted in wetland functional value ratings to be
Medium according to NC WAM assessments (Appendix C) Uncharacteristically drier
conditions are evidenced through the prevalence of facultative or drier volunteer species (such
as horse - sugar, yellow jessamine, and bracken fern) Lack of primary indicators of hydrology
is also evidence of drainage influences While these areas may meet jurisdictional criteria,
they no longer exhibit characteristic hydroperiods of pocosin or pine flat wetlands that would,
under normal (i e undisturbed) conditions, be seasonally saturated to the surface Removal of
existing drainage canals and ditches will enhance wetland hydrology by increasing the
amplitude and duration of the hydroperiod.
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 18
Wetland Restoration Plan — September 2012

D. Wetland Preservation
Approximately 141 acres of existing, relatively undisturbed wetlands have been identified for
preservation within the site (Figure 9) Of this total acreage, approximately 7 acres consists of
existing riparian wetlands. Wetland hydrology in these areas (both nonriparian and riparian
wetlands) appears to be relatively unaltered by drainage features of the site Given the lack of
proximity to the existing drainage network it is believed that these areas meet the criteria for
wetland hydrology during periods of normal rainfall. These wetlands functional value ratings
have been determined to be High according to NC WAM assessments (Appendix C)
Areas targeted for preservation maintain remnants of silvicultural species such as loblolly
pine, but are also populated by typical wetland flora such as red bay, sweet bay (Magnolia
vrrgrnrana), loblolly bay, and fetterbush (Lyonia lucrda) Due to the existence of an intact,
mature canopy, no earthwork or planting activities are proposed for these areas. All of the
existing wetlands within these areas will be preserved through appropriate legal covenants.
These covenants will assure that the wetlands will be protected in their natural state in
perpetuity
6.0 POST - CONSTRUCTION MONITORING AND MANAGEMENT
An annual monitoring report (AMR) will be submitted to the IRT documenting site conditions
and progress. All AMRs will provide quantitative data of vegetative success and shallow
groundwater hydrology, qualitative observations, and conclusions pertaining to mitigation site
development Additionally, comparative hydrographs for reference areas will be provided
Monitoring will be initiated upon completion of the project. Vegetative monitoring will be
conducted near the end of each growing season subsequent to site planting AMRs will be
submitted by February 1St of each year subsequent to the fall monitoring
As part of an adaptive management approach, the AMR will identify any contingency
measures that may be deemed necessary to remedy any site deficiencies. Prior to any site
modifications, any specific contingency measure will be identified and submitted to the
USACE for their review and concurrence prior to any action being taken All AMRs will be
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 19
Wetland Restoration Plan — September 2012

in compliance with the provisions of 33 CFR Part 332.6 (Federal Mitigation Rule, as revised
April 10, 2008)
A. Wetland Restoration Performance Criteria
The wetland restoration effort will be evaluated based upon performance criteria related to
vegetative density and wetland hydrology Please note that individuals of non - planted
characteristic wetland species may volunteer into the restored area Suitable volunteers serve
as indicators of appropriate hydrologic regimes and provide increased diversity This
diversity in plant species is essential to restoring the microhabitats and varied food sources
present in natural wetland systems As a result, volunteer monitoring data may be used to
evaluate the progress of the mitigation site The presence of desirable volunteers
(characteristic of the community type being restored) may be indicative of the site trending
toward success with respect to the target species composition
Since the site encompasses areas of varying soil types and landscape position, restored
hydroperiods will, in turn, be variable according to the identified community type These
target wetland types have been mapped and are depicted in Figure 12
The primary performance criteria for the Northeast Cape Fear Mitigation Bank will be:
(1) Demonstrated density of planted species of the riparian/headwater forest wetland
areas (4 acres) to meet or exceed 320 trees per acre at the end of three years
(post planting), 260 trees per acre at the end offive years, and 210 (seven-year
old) character canopy tree species per acre at the end of seven years The IRT
may allow for the accounting of acceptable volunteer species toward the 210 -tree
per acre density upon the review and evaluation of the annual monitoring report
(2) If, within the first three years, any species exhibits greater than 50% mortality, the
species will either be re planted or an acceptable replacement species will be
planted in its place
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 20
Wetland Restoration Plan — September 2012

(3) No single volunteer species (most notably, red maple, loblolly pane, and sweet
gum) will comprise more than 50% of the total composition at Year 3 or 5 If this
occurs, remedial action, as approved by the IRT may be required The need to
conduct additional volunteer sampling after Year 5 will be determined by the IRT
(4) Planted tree stems must average 10 feet an height (at 7-years old) in each plot at
Year 7 If this performance standard as met by Year 5, and stem density as trending
toward success (i e , no less than 260 five year old stems per acre), monitoring of
vegetation on the site may be terminated provided written approval as provided by
the USACE an consultation with the IRT
(5) The hydrologic criterion as premised on the specific community to be restored
a for the non - riparian wet pane savanna community (mineral soils), the
hydrologic criterion will be the establishment of the water table at or within
12" of the soil surface for 6% of the growing season under normal
precipitation conditions Hydrology monitoring shall be undertaken from
01 Feb through 30Nov of each monitoring year On 01 Feb, soil temperature at
a minimum of three locations will be measured at 12 inches below the soil
surface and documented within the monitoring report Should earlier
monitoring be considered, the project sponsor must also document biological
activity on the site pursuant to the applicable Regional Supplement to the 1987
Wetland Delineation Manual Use of data from earlier monitoring to assess
performance relative to the stated success criterion must be approved by the
US Army Corps of Engineers
b for the non - riparian wet pane flat community (mineral soils), the hydrologic
criterion will be the establishment of the water table at or within 12 " of the
soil surface for 8% of the growing season under normal precipitation
conditions Hydrology monitoring shall be undertaken from 0./Feb through
30Nov of each monitoring year On 01 Feb, soil temperature at a minimum of
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 21
Wetland Restoration Plan — September 2012

three locations will be measured at 12 inches below the soil surface and
documented within the monitoring report Should earlier monitoring be
considered, the project sponsor must also document biological activity on the
site pursuant to the applicable Regional Supplement to the 1987 Wetland
Delineation Manual Use of data from earlier monitoring to assess
performance relative to the stated success criterion must be approved by the
US Army Corps of Engineers
c for the non - riparian pocosrn community (organic soils), the hydrologic
criterion will be the establishment of the water table at, or within, 12 " of the
soil surface for 12.5% of the growing season under normal precipitation
conditions Hydrology monitoring shall be undertaken from 01 Feb through
30Nov of each monitoring year On OIFeb, soil temperature at a minimum of
three locations will be measured at 12 inches below the soil surface and
documented within the monitoring report Should earlier monitoring be
considered, the project sponsor must also document biological activity on the
site pursuant to the applicable Regional Supplement to the 1987 Wetland
Delineation Manual Use of data from earlier monitoring to assess
performance relative to the stated success criterion must be approved by the
US Army Corps of Engineers
d for the riparian headwater forest (associated with the zero -order stream
valley), the hydrologic criterion will be the establishment of the water table at,
or within, 12 " of the soil surface for 15% of the growing season under normal
precipitation conditions Hydrology monitoring shall be undertaken from
01 Feb through 30Nov of each monitoring year On Ol Feb, soil temperature at
a minimum of three locations will be measured at 12 inches below the soil
surface and documented within the monitoring report Should earlier
monitoring be considered, the project sponsor must also document biological
activity on the site pursuant to the applicable Regional Supplement to the 1987
Wetland Delineation Manual Use of data from earlier monitoring to assess
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 22
Wetland Restoration Plan — September 2012

performance relative to the stated success criterion must be approved by the
US Army Corps of Engineers
Vegetation Monitoring Planted wetland areas of the riparian headwater forest (4 acres) will
be monitored via the establishment of permanent 0 05 -acre plots (20 meter x 10 meter). Three
permanent plots will be established in this restored community type (equivalent to 3.75% of
the planted area) GPS coordinates for the corners of each sampling plot will be recorded and
included with the `as- built' survey and subsequent annual monitoring reports. During
monitoring, surviving planted individuals and volunteer individuals will be enumerated within
each plot
Since much of the road removal is to occur in pocosin and wet pine flat areas, it is anticipated
that natural recruitment of bay species will readily occur in these areas. In addition, the
density of mature trees within these community types tends to be relatively low. In light of
these considerations, there will be no additional performance criteria for vegetation in the 16
acres of road removal Qualitative information related to vegetation (e g. species type and
relative abundance) for each community type will be provided within the annual monitoring
reports
HydrolM Monitoring Shallow groundwater hydrology will be monitored via forty -two (42)
automated wells (RDS, Inc. WM -20s) located within the non - riparian wetland restoration
areas (Figure 13) Wells will be installed in accordance with installation methods outlined in
the Wetlands Regulatory Assistance Program (WRAP) Technical Note 00 -02 (Sprecher
2000) Water levels will be recorded once daily. Data will be downloaded from the wells
every three months (i e. once quarterly). Data from well downloads will be compiled and
graphically displayed to demonstrate hydroperiods of monitored areas. The hydrologic
success criterion for the enhancement areas will be similar to those criteria identified above
and will be specific to the target wetland community type Additional automated wells will
be installed in reference wetlands, the restored headwater valley, and non - riparian wetland
enhancement areas (see discussions below)
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 23
Wetland Restoration Plan - September 2012

Reference Sates Hydrologic monitoring will also be conducted within the preservation areas
of the property or a suitable off -site reference area as approved by the IRT. A total of six (6)
wells will be installed prior to the initiation of construction activities. Water table data
downloaded from these wells will be used for comparative analysis particularly in the event of
abnormal precipitation conditions during the monitoring period
B. Zero -Order Stream Restoration Success Criteria
Zero -order (i e. headwater) stream areas will be evaluated based upon the presence of diffuse
surface flow. Both qualitative and quantitative information will be used to document the
occurrence of flow within the proposed restored zero -order stream valley. Quantitative data
will include longitudinal and cross - sectional profiles (to be surveyed as part of the As -Built
Report).
In addition, well arrays (installed perpendicular to the restored valley) will be used to
document flow. Four transects (with three wells each) will be installed prior to the growing
season The center well in each array will be in the lowest part of the valley. Data collected
from these wells will then be correlated with elevation data from the longitudinal profiles to
infer flow Site visits will also be conducted following rain events to document the upstream
extent of observed flow within each reach. GPS data will be collected to mark this location.
These data in addition to the flow monitoring data will also be used to calibrate a regression
analysis which will establish a relationship between rain event size and stream flow This
analysis will then be extrapolated to future rain events to highlight the number of flow events
on an annual basis
Qualitative data will be collected during the on -site investigations to document surface water
flow This shall be accomplished using photographic evidence of observed flow coupled with
a preponderance of field indicators of recent flow events in the form of a natural line
impressed on the bank; shelving, changes in soil characteristics, destruction of terrestrial
vegetation, presence of litter and debris, wracking; vegetation matted down, bent or absent;
sediment sorting, leaf litter disturbed or washed away, scour, deposition; bed and bank
formation, water staining, or change in plant community All field indicators present will be
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 24
Wetland Restoration Plan — September 2012

documented in each monitoring report All quantitative and qualitative data will be used to
document the upstream limit of flow, which will provide the basis for length of successful
zero order stream restoration (i e valley length)
The primary success criterion of the zero -order stream will be-
"Documentation of 2 flow events using techniques discussed above within a normal
rainfall year an 3 of the 5 years of monitoring"
As indicated above, the plantings within the restored valleys will also be monitored via the
establishment of three permanent vegetation plots (each measuring 20m x 10m) (refer to the
wetland vegetation monitoring described above). Proposed plot, well, and transect locations
are depicted in Figure 13 (Planting and Monitoring Plan Map)
C. Non - Riparian Wetland Enhancement Success Criteria
A total of 114 acres of pocosm and pine flat habitat has been targeted for wetland
enhancement These areas are located directly adjacent to those targeted for restoration in
forested sections of the tract As these areas currently maintain a suitable density of
appropriate vegetative species, enhancement will occur by re- establishing the characteristic
groundwater hydrology Natural hydroperiods have been compromised by the presence of
forestry and roadside ditches in the vicinity of these forested blocks Upon completion of the
identified earthwork (e.g removal of roadbeds and plugging of outlet ditches), these areas
will exhibit hydroperiods more characteristic of relatively undisturbed pocosm and pine flat
habitat As a result, the hydrologic success criterion for these areas will be identical to the
pocosm and pine flat wetland restoration portion of the project
a The hydrologic criterion for the non - riparian pine flat enhancement will be
the establishment of a static water table at, or within, 12 " of the soil surface
for 8% of the growing season (equivalent to 21 days based upon a growing
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 25
Wetland Restoration Plan — September 2012

season between February 1st and November 30`h)1 during periods of normal
precipitation conditions
b The hydrologic criterion for the non - riparian pocosan enhancement will be the
establishment of a static water table at, or within, 12 " of the soil surface for
125% of the growing season (equivalent to 38 days based upon a growing
season between February I st and November 30`h)2 during periods of normal
precipitation conditions
In order to document the hydrologic enhancement, six (6) shallow automated wells (RDS, Inc
WM -20s) will be installed within the identified 114 acres of proposed wetland enhancement.
A minimum of three months of pre - construction groundwater level data will be collected to
compare to post - construction conditions All wells will be installed in accordance with
installation methods outlined in the Wetlands Regulatory Assistance Program (WRAP)
Technical Note 00 -02 (Sprecher, 2000) Water levels will be recorded once daily Data will
be downloaded from the wells every three months (i e once quarterly). Data from well
downloads will be compiled and graphically displayed to demonstrate hydroperiods of
monitored areas
7.0 BANK OPERATION
A. Geographic Service Area
The Holly Shelter Bay tract is located within the Middle Atlantic Coastal Plain ( Ecoregion
63) as defined by Griffith et al (2002) "Ecoregions of North Carolina" (refer to Appendix I).
This ecoregion encompasses the area defined as the `Carolina Flatwoods' — a subregion
occurring along nearly level, poorly drained areas in the outer Coastal Plain including the
Cape Fear River Basin
The Geographic Service Area (GSA) is the designated area wherein a bank can be reasonably
be expected to provide appropriate compensation for impacts to similar wetland and/or other
' Growing season based upon direction of IRT
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 26
Wetland Restoration Plan — September 2012

stream or aquatic functions The site is located within the Northeast Cape Fear Hydrologic
Unit (Hydrologic Unit Code 03030007) The proposed GSA includes the 14 -digit HUC's of
the Northeast Cape Fear River Refer to Figure 14 for the location and extent of the proposed
GSA
The restored wetlands of the Holly Shelter Tract will provide for the re- establishment of
functions typical for non - riparian and riparian wetlands of the Coastal Plain of North
Carolina These functions include. (1) nutrient removal /transformation, (2) surface water
storage /floodflow attenuation, (3) sediment/pollutant capture and retention; (4) groundwater
discharge and recharge; and (5) wildlife habitat Note that each of these functions is
described in more detail in Section 3.0 of this document Use of the Northeast Cape Fear
Mitigation Bank will provide for suitable replacement of functions of non - riparian wetlands,
riparian wetlands, and zero -order (i.e. headwater) streams. These types of wetlands and
stream commonly occur throughout the Coastal Plain
The limits of the GSA are graphically depicted in Figure 14. Pocosin, wet pine flat, and wet
pine savanna habitats commonly occur throughout the proposed GSA. Thus, permitted
impacts to non - riparian wetlands occurring within the GSA will be appropriately offset via the
use of the Holly Shelter Bay Tract. It should be noted that pocosin wetlands, wet pine
savannas, and wet pine flats also occur throughout the adjoining hydrologic units (including
the remaining watersheds of the lower Cape Fear River Basin) Based upon the documented
presence of similarly occurring wetland habitats outside of the designated GSA, the use of the
Holly Shelter Bay site for compensatory mitigation of impacts occurring beyond the defined
limits of the GSA may be considered and approved provided it is deemed preferable to other
mitigation alternatives identified during Section 404/401 permitting
B. Bank Sponsor
The Bank Sponsor, Wetlands Resource Center (WRC), has a contract to purchase the Holly
Shelter Bay. Prior to the execution of a banking instrument, the Sponsor will own fee simple
title to the property. Therefore, the Sponsor will have control of all ditches affecting
groundwater hydrology of the site. Since the restoration is premised on re- establishment of
groundwater hydrology via removal of ditches, all water rights necessary for sustamability of
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 27
Wetland Restoration Plan - September 2012

the bank are secured through the fee simple ownership The Sponsor is submitting a banking
instrument under separate cover The instrument provides detailed information regarding
bank operation Once the final mitigation plan is approved and the accompanying instrument
executed by members of the Interagency Review Team (IRT), the Sponsor will record a
conservation easement for the bank site
C. Bank Credit Determination and Use
Use of credits from the Bank to offset wetland and stream impacts authorized by federal
permits or state water quality certifications must be in compliance with the Clean Water Act,
Section 404 (b)(1) guidelines and other applicable federal and state legislation, regulations,
and policies Prior to release of bank credits, the following requirements will be met (1)
approval of the final mitigation plan and execution of the instrument; (2) recordation of the
conservation easement, and (3) establishment of appropriate financial assurances Mitigation
bank credits will be calculated using the following standard.
Mitigation Type
Ratio
(1) Stream Restoration 1.1
(2) Wetland Restoration 1 1
(3) Wetland Enhancement 2:1
(4) Wetland Preservation (Non - Riparian) 7 1
Wetland Preservation (Riparian) 5 1
Given the identified ratios for wetland restoration, enhancement, and preservation it is
estimated that 912 1 non - riparian wetland credits, 2 riparian wetland credits, and 2,300 stream
credits will be derived from the establishment of the Northeast Cape Fear Wetland Mitigation
Bank Credit types and amounts are specified within Table 2. A 7 1 ratio for non - riparian
wetland preservation is proposed based upon the expansive wetland area to be protected via
the conservation easement, the connectivity of the preserved wetlands to larger contiguous
lands protected under the Holly Shelter Bay Tract, and the restoration of contiguous upland
pine savanna habitat A 5.1 ratio for riparian wetlands proposed based upon habitat
connectivity and the high quality of these wetland areas as confirmed by NC WAM
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 28
Wetland Restoration Plan — September 2012

assessments The Holly Shelter Bay project represents a unique opportunity to restore and
protect an expansive headwater wetland situated between two Significant Natural Heritage
Sites (Holly Shelter Game Lands and the Northeast Cape Fear River Floodplain)
Debiting and accounting procedures for the bank credits will be specified within the banking
instrument to be executed by the Sponsor and IRT representatives The final, approved
mitigation plan will be incorporated by reference within the banking instrument
Table 2. Mitigation Quantities and Credit Totals
Community Type
Mitigation Type
Quantity
(ac /If)
Potential Credits
Non - Riparian Wetlands
Pocosin, Pine Flat, and Pine Savanna
Restoration
836
836r
Non - Riparian Wetlands
Pocosm, Pine Flat, and Pine Savanna
Enhancement
114
57re
Non - Riparian Wetlands
Pocosm, Pine Flat, and Pine Savanna
Preservation
134
19 1 re
Riparian Non- Riverme Wetlands
Restoration
1
1r
Riparian Rivenne Wetlands
Preservation
5
1 re
Zero -Order Stream
Restoration
1,427
1,427r
First -Order Stream
Preservation
2,184
873
TOTAL WETLANDS
9141
TOTAL STREAM
2,300
r = restoration creait, re = restoration - equivalent creait
Table 3. Mitigation Credits by Stream and Wetland Type
Mitigation Type
Quantity (If /ac)
Credits
Stream
3,611
2,300
Riparian (Rivenne) Wetland
5
1
Riparian (Non- Riverme) Wetland
1
1
Non - Riparian Wetland
1,084
9121
D. Bank Implementation and Schedule
The Sponsor is submitting a banking instrument under separate cover The instrument
provides detailed information regarding bank operation Additional site(s) may be considered
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 29
Wetland Restoration Plan — September 2012

for inclusion in the Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank Prior to execution of the
banking instrument, the Sponsor will secure appropriate financial assurances (in the form of
performance bonds, letter of credit, or similar mechanism acceptable to the IRT) sufficient to
assure completion of all mitigation work, required monitoring and reporting, and any remedial
actions necessary for site success Once the final mitigation plan is approved and the
accompanying instrument executed by members of the IRT, the Sponsor will record a
conservation easement for the bank site (refer to Appendix J for a copy of the conservation
easement plat) Implementation of earthwork will be initiated upon receipt of applicable state
and federal authorizations The tentative start date for construction is June 2013
Construction is anticipated to be completed during by October 2013 Site planting will be
initiated in late January or early February 2014 Upon completion of construction, a survey of
the project site will be conducted and an "as- built" report will be submitted (anticipated May
2014). Based upon this schedule of events, the first year of annual monitoring will be
conducted in September 2014 and continue until 2020 (Table 3).
Table 4. Project Timeline
Task
Project Milestone
Projected Completion
1
Approval of Mitigation Plan and Execution of MBI
January 2013
2
Recordation of Conservation Easement Deed
February 2013
3
Initiation of Site Earthwork
June 2013
4
Mitigation Site Earthwork Completed
November 2013
5
Mitigation Site Planting and Installation of Monitoring
Devices
January 2014
6
Submittal of As -Built Report
May 2014
7
First Year Annual Monitoring
September 2014
8
Submittal of Monitoring Report #1 to IRT
February 15, 2015
9
Submittal of Monitoring Report #2 to IRT
February 15, 2016
10
Submittal of Monitoring Report #3 to IRT
February 15, 2017
11
Submittal of Monitoring Report #4 to IRT
February 15, 2018
12
Submittal of Monitoring Report #5 to IRT
February 15, 2019
13
Submittal of Monitoring Report #6 to IRT
February 15, 2020
14
Submittal of Monitoring Report #7 to IRT
February 15, 2021
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 30
Wetland Restoration Plan — September 2012

8.0 SITE MANAGEMENT
A. Adaptive Management
The Northeast Cape Fear Mitigation Bank is planned and designed to be self - sustaining over
time, but some active management or maintenance may be necessary to ensure the long term
sustainability of the mitigation efforts The adaptive management approach involves analysis
of monitoring results to identify potential problems occurring on the site and the identification
and implementation of measures to rectify those problems Remedial actions may include,
but are not limited to, mechanized earth work (e g adjustment to the invert elevations of
earthen plugs) or supplemental planting in the event areas do not meet vegetative success
criteria. Prior to initiating any remedial actions the proposed measures will be submitted to
the USACE for review and approval
Performance and functioning of the mitigation site may be affected by various causative
factors, both natural and anthropogenic Natural hazards may include invasive species and /or
excessive herbivory Human errors may include design flaws, construction deviation, and /or
inadequate planting coverage. To minimize these potential problems, the following strategies
may be employed
1 If herbivory appears to be jeopardizing the survivorship of planted species,
discussions with appropriate agencies will be initiated to determine an appropriate
course of action
2 If greater than 50% mortality is documented for any given species within the first
three years of monitoring, then the species will either be replanted or an acceptable
replacement species will be planted in its place
3 Beavers will be trapped from the tract if significant damage appears to be caused
by beaver activity
4. Construction errors will be identified as early as possible via the as -built report If
it appears as those potential errors jeopardize the integrity of the project,
appropriate remedial action will be identified and submitted to the USACE for
concurrence prior to implementation.
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 31
Wetland Restoration Plan — September 2012

5. Planting errors in spacing density or coverage will be minimized by careful
coordination with planting crews An account of planted stems will be provided
with the as -built report
6 If monitoring indicated a potential design flaw, remediation options will be
reviewed
7 In the event groundwater monitoring wells are damaged by bears, barb -wire
fencing and/or other acceptable deterrents may be used to protect wells from
further damage
B. Lonli-Term Management
Prior to construction, the Bank Sponsor will convey a permanent conservation easement to an
appropriate 501(c)3 non - profit organization (as approved by the IRT) for long -term protection
of the site. The Bank sponsor will retain title to the property through the monitoring period
The Sponsor has identified the Land Trust for America (LTFA) as the Grantee of the
conservation easement deed The recorded conservation easement deed will ensure the
protection of the project in perpetuity
9.0 CONCLUSION
The Holly Shelter Bay property has been intensively managed for silviculture for
approximately 40 years Land use practices over this period of time have resulted in the loss
or degradation of wetland habitats and the functions these systems provide The proposed
project seeks to provide functional uplift via the restoration, enhancement, and preservation of
self - sustaining wetland habitats The mitigation effort will result in the restoration of nearly
the entire headwater wetland complex of Merrick's Creek and a first order unnamed tributary
to the Cape Fear River Removal of the extensive drainage network will have direct water
quality benefits via increased hydrologic residency times and decreased sediment and nutrient
loading to downstream waters. In addition, the project will provide significant benefits to
wildlife habitat given its location between two Significant Natural Heritage Sites - Holly
Shelter Game Land and the Northeast Cape Fear River Floodplain Implementation of the
project will provide a protected habitat corridor between these two Significant Natural
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 32
Wetland Restoration Plan — September 2012

Heritage Sites In light of its unique landscape position and size, the Holly Shelter Bay
restoration project will likely generate benefits at a watershed level This is particularly
important given the increased development pressure of the area and the prevalence of
intensive land -use practices associated with agriculture and silviculture in the Northeast Cape
Fear watershed
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 33
Wetland Restoration Plan - September 2012

10. SOURCES OF INFORMATION
Code of Federal Regulations 2008 Part 332 - Compensatory Mitigation for Losses of
Aquatic Resources. Vol 73, No 70. pp. 19670 -19705
Cowardm, L.M., et al 1979 Classification of Wetlands and Deep Water Habitats of the
United States US Fish and Wildlife Service. 47 pp
De Steven, D and M M. Toner 2004 Vegetation of upper coastal plain depression
wetlands-
Environmental templates and wetland dynamics within a landscape framework.
WETLANDS. 24. PP. 23-42
Griffith, G E , et al. 2002. Ecoregions of North and South Carolina. Reston, VA United States
Geological Survey.
Otte, L.J 1981. Origin, development and maintenance of pocosin wetland of North
Carolina Unpublished Report to the North Carolina Natural Heritage Program. North
Carolina Department of Natural Resources and Community Development, Raleigh.
51 pp.
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources 2010. North Carolina
Wetland Assessment Method, Version 4 1 127 pp
North Carolina Division of Water Quality 2005. Cape Fear River Basmwide Water Quality
Management Plan. Raleigh, NC 330 pp
North Carolina Division of Water Quality 2000 Classifications and Water Quality
Standards Applicable to Surface Water and Wetlands of North Carolina Raleigh, NC
North Carolina Natural Heritage Program 2011 Heritage Data (County Record Search)
http. / /www ncnhp org/Pages /heritagedata html
North Carolina Wetland Functional Assessment Team (WFAT) 2010. N C Wetland
Assessment Method (NC WAM) User Manual, Version 4.1 (October 2010). 127 pp.
Sprecher, S W. 2000. "Installing Monitoring Wells /Piezometers in Wetlands," ERDC TN-
WRAP-00-02, U.S Army Research and Development Center, Vicksburg, MS.
U S. Army Corps of Engineers. 2005. Ordinary High Water Mark Identification. USACE
Regulatory Guidance Letter No. 05 -05, dated December 7, 2005, 4pp
U.S. Department of Agriculture 1990 Soil Survey of Pender County, North Carolina. Soil
Conservation Service 150 pp.
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 34
Wetland Restoration Plan - September 2012

U S Fish and Wildlife Service 2003 Recovery Plan for the Red - Cockaded Woodpecker
(Picoides borealis) Second Revision U S Fish and Wildlife Service, Atlanta, GA
296 pp
U S Fish and Wildlife Service 2008 Biomass Removal for Red - Cockaded Woodpecker
Habitat, Piedmont National Wildlife Refuge, Round Oak, GA
http //biomass.forest uig ld org/Case- Studies /1022 html #top
The Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank 35
Wetland Restoration Plan — September 2012

Radio
L'n— - �•'
�I
Landing e�
Strip
40 wa,u �-
i
A—
��S \ g - L
radio Tower J c
Stag Perk.
' , H �` �� -,a.
reek -� y - R MEEKS ;` .� —
a S '-
RD _ _ H -O L L
A.
Wa
radio, e --- - - -tCr 1 SITE �,,- �;, �,•. �: ...
QweN t•
.... .......
...........
........_ _ _.......
All-
-- R`- - — 1'
• J -'"` .emu. 3 �� '�- �f -_ ''� ' ^�'!f`- _I — y} tAII` _. '�'• .•�4• '"
— — _ �av
• .,w.. - - ! ; - sly►`- _.u. dl•: ..... ...w. .
1 IA'C �L.
117
Loo ut �`
Te
tN ' 408
Ro 210 -
Rocky
Point c'
_ -• - -
O
J -( � r.., i -� — � l �. _ ... F�- •i�I.. y � _ emu+..
— —•rte" `�'' __ 1 - ._._ -
"L
_ MOORETOWN
_d ..,a. L
_ -s.• - �'�L•'° -�- ten. — '�`. ./"'.S % �p 1`— � _ — � �r� %'�
-�7
� t /
� !
.� _ � r- •� � � .�.,� ,,r- __ _ � � .__ . 1, 210 3� ''�'` o
e
133
•� _ ` r
I CHam an
*Boundaries are approximate and are
not meant to be absolute.
Map Source: North Carolina Atlas & Gazetteer. Pg 84.2003
Wetlands Resource Center
Holly Shelter Bay Tract
Northeast Cape Fear LMG
Mitigation Bank LAND MANAGEMENT GROUP me
Pender County, NC Environmental Consu /rants
November 2011 - 40- 09-190B
www.LMGroup.net
Phone: [phone] •1.866.LMG.1078
Fax: [phone]
P.O. Box 2522, Wilmington, NC 28402
SCALE 1" = 1 Mile
Figure 1
Vicinity Map

} • . Y �� at:r ,. +f .,`,�. fib' ate^ „a•`at4. � ' 'i
7:. ) :a• !;• dr.
jj� ,•s
y _
J 'r.
�. _
~r ti
�.•1,:4L,r.,.
, �i•� 1�? .s•• ;L ►t
t ti�
t �+
n
1 ■Y {
i
i
R3 T
• 4,l .�
, �_......, ;,Jim
7*
y
•v
4
„
t ti�
t �+
n
1 ■Y {
i
i
R3 T
R• \` i M I
.A
it Yr 1
f �' �+it. •vt�' �d nl ,. 'i,�',+,�." �f�" tilti',i }sLi •. }� �i�f
�,f f
J.
Y
P t.
yyL 1 � •
V.hkn -
19
Tr
r7.}t
,Z'''
•
r•. k
� +
....
N
}
f �
*Boundaries are approximate and are
not meant to be absolute.
Map Source: Mooretown 7.5 minute (topographic) 1990. SCALE V = 1500'
Wetlands Resource Center
Holly Shelter Bay Tract www.LMGroup. net
Northeast Cape Fear LMG Phone: [phone] •1.866.LMG.1078 Figure 2
Mitigation Bank IANUMAINAGEMHNTGROUP,— Fax: [phone] USGS Topographic Map
Pender County, NC P.O. Box 2522, Wilmington, NC 28402
November 2011 - 40- 09 -190s
• 4,l .�
, �_......, ;,Jim
y
•v
4
„
R• \` i M I
.A
it Yr 1
f �' �+it. •vt�' �d nl ,. 'i,�',+,�." �f�" tilti',i }sLi •. }� �i�f
�,f f
J.
Y
P t.
yyL 1 � •
V.hkn -
19
Tr
r7.}t
,Z'''
•
r•. k
� +
....
N
}
f �
*Boundaries are approximate and are
not meant to be absolute.
Map Source: Mooretown 7.5 minute (topographic) 1990. SCALE V = 1500'
Wetlands Resource Center
Holly Shelter Bay Tract www.LMGroup. net
Northeast Cape Fear LMG Phone: [phone] •1.866.LMG.1078 Figure 2
Mitigation Bank IANUMAINAGEMHNTGROUP,— Fax: [phone] USGS Topographic Map
Pender County, NC P.O. Box 2522, Wilmington, NC 28402
November 2011 - 40- 09 -190s

&A
11 j' 4
�_:
.P�
iti
*Boundaries are approximate and are
not meant to be absolute.
Map Source: NCDOT LIDAR data.
SCALE 1" = 1200'
Wetlands Resource Center
w ww.LMGroup.net
Holly Shelter Bay Tract
Northeast Cape Fear
I
LMG
Phone: [phone].LMG.1078
Figure 3
I
Mitigation Bank
NAGEMENT GROUP
Fax: [phone]
LIDAR Map
Pender County, NC
Environmental Consultants
P.O. Box 2522, Wilmington, NC 28402
November 2011 - 40-09-190B

AL
AnB - Alpin fine sand
To - Torhunta mucky fine sandy loam
BaB - Baymeade fine sand
Wo - Woodington fine sandy loam
Fo - Foreston loamy fine sand
LnA - Leon fine sand
PaA - Pactolus fine sand
*Boundaries are approximate and are
Ma - Mandarin fine sand
not meant to be absolute.
Map Source: NRCS Soil Survey GIS Data.
Mu - Murville muck
SCALE 1" = 1500'
Wetlands Resource Center
Holly Shelter Bay Tract
www.LMGroup_ net
Figure 4
Northeast Cape Fear
LMG
Phone: [phone] •1.866.LMG.1078
Mitigation Bank
LA NO MANAGEMENT GROUP.—
Fax: [phone]
Soils Map
Pender County, NC
Envirorrnrental Cormilrants
P.O. Box 2522, Wilmington, NC 28402
November 2011 - 40- 09-190s

lkYA
I%r - `mac 1T:W-1
iA
Ll.. 4.
44

Property Boundary (1273 ac.)
404 Wetland Line
Basin Wetland
Pine Flat
Pocosin
Non - Riverine Swamp Forest
Headwater Forest (Riparian)
Riverine Swamp Forest
Pine Flat
Pocosi
MIVUI ine
Swamp Forest
Headwater
Forest
0 10 00
OnQ WFTI ANTIS FII FS14n- 09 -190R -- FPS Rank never
—"— Pocosi
tmos v
a i
i
i
0 !j
/Basin
Wetland
PRELIMINARY
�LMG
LAND MANAGEMENT GROUP ,x,:
Environmental Consultants
Post Office Box 2522
Wilmington, North Carolina 28402
Telephone: [phone]
J
Pocosin
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
i
r I
Pine Flat
NOTE: This Is Not An Engineered, Survey, or Architectural Drawing.
NOTE: Parcel Boundaries From Pender County GIS.
NE Cape Fear
Mitigation Bank
NC WAM Types
1/19/12 NA
Scale: Job Number:
1" =1000' 40- 09 -190B
Drawn By: Figure:
GSF 6

Property Boundary (1273 ac.)
.- .- . -.....
- - --
Murville -Leon Complex
(774 ac.)
❖.•.o ❖.•
Croatan Soil Series
(268 ac.)
Lynnhaven Soil Series
(16 ac.)
0
Torhunta Soil Series
(13 ac.)
Woodington Soil Series
(37 ac.)
Johnston Soil Series
(8 ac.)
Non Hydric Soils
(157 ac.)
= wm
V eee - ;. -. - .-
.- .- . -.....
....... .........
........
............ ........
........
❖. ❖.o ❖. ❖. ❖.•.� o.
❖.•.o ❖.•
❖. ❖. ❖. ❖. ❖. ❖. �. ❖.
❖. ❖.❖
............ ......
.t
Y n °o 0 0000 `•:�`
t \
0 500 10,00 2000
iiiii
009 WETLANDS FILES140 -09 -1908 - -- EFS. Bank Develt
NOTE: This Is Not An Engineered, Survey, or Architectural Drawing.
PRELIMINARY NOTE: Parcel Boundaries From Pender County GIS.
Project: Date: Revision Date:
LMG NE Cape Fear 9/14112 9/18/2012
Mitigation Bank Scale: Job Number:
LAND MANAGEMENT GROUP m.. 1 " =1000' 40- 09 -190B
Environmental Consultants Title:
Post Office Box 2522 Hydric /NonHydric Soils Map Drawn By: Figure:
Wilmington, North Carolina 28402 LES 7
Telephone: [phone]

Property Boundary (1273 ac.)
404 Wetland Line
Existing Ditch
Flow Direction
/
<.N
1
I
1
I
/ 1
1
I
I� ft vo
i
I
a `•��
I
1
1
I
I
ortq+ +'I �I
K
,/q
SY=
u
I
/
OITCX�
z
i
IN,
1
<
N.
of4
GIs Was V
v•'
4jg
91
�{-
,\ \
\ i J NOTE: This Is Not An Engineered, Survey, or Architectural Drawing.
PRELIMINARY NOTE: Parcel Boundaries From Pender County GIS.
\ Project: Date: Revision Date:
NE Cape Fear
1/19/12 NA
� l - LMG Mitigation Bank
i LAND MANAGEMENT GROUP vr. Scale: Job Number:
_r;41 tl 1" =1000' 40 -09 0-09
-1906
Environmental Consultants 1 e.
0 0 1 00 Post office Box 2522 Ditch Network Flow Direction Map Drawn By: Figure:
Wilmington, North Carolina 28402 GSF
Telephone: [phone]

Property Boundary (1273 ac.)
404 Wetland Line
Non Riparian Wetland Restoration (836 ac. - 836 credits) 0 /
Riparian Wetland Restoration (1 ac. - 1 credit) 0 "
Non Riparian Wetland Enhancement (114 ac. - 57 credits) /
Non Riparian Wetland Preservation (134 ac. - 19 credits)
Riparian Wetland Preservation
Remaining Uplands
Drained Hydric Soils Not Restored
First Order Stream Preservation
First Order Stream Corridor
Zero Order Stream Restoration
Zero Order Stream Corridor
Upland Not in Easement
0 500 1000 2000
iiiiii
009 WETLANDS FILES \40 -09 -1908 — EFS, Bank Devek
(5 ac. - 1.0 credits) /
(43 ac. - 0 credits)
I
(15 ac. - 0 credits) 0 /
(2184 I.f. - 873 credits) / I
(2 -ac - 0 credits) 0
(1427 If - 1427 credits) / I
(3 -ac - 0 credits)
/ I
(120 ac. - 0 credits)
% I
I
I
I
j I
j I
I
/ I
` � I
PRELIMINARY
LMG
C LAND MANAGEMENT GROUP—.
Environmental Consultants
Post Office Box 2522
Wilmington, North Carolina 28402
Telephone [phone]
i
i
i
NOTE: This Is Not An Engineered, Survey, or Architectural Drawing.
NOTE: Parcel Boundaries From Pender County GIS.
Restoration Plan
Holly Shelter Bay Tract
1/19/12
Scale:
1" =1000'
Drawn By:
GSF /LES
ion Date:
9/18/2012
umber:
40- 09 -190B
ure:
9

II
Property Boundary (1273 ac.) — /'
404 Wetland Line
Existing Ditch
Impervious Plug (25' -50') /
Impervious Plug (50' -100') /
Road RemovaUDitch Backfill
Ile
o l
ee Zero Order Grading p
and Restoration Plan �� /
(See Figures 9,11 A, 11 B)
r
ell5}
\ \1 J NOTE: This Is Not An Engineered, Survey, or Architectural Drawing.
\ 1 / PRELIMINARY NOTE: Parcel Boundaries From Pender County GIS.
\ \ / Project: Date:
NE Cape Fear 1/19/12
1 / LMG Mitigation Bank Scale:
LAND MANAGEMENT GROUP w. 1 "=1 000'
Title
Revision Date:
NA
Job Number:
40 -09 -1908
Environmental Consultants
0 00 1 00 Post Office Box 2522 Grading and Plug Location Map Drawn By: Figure:
Wilmington, North Carolina 28402 GSF 10
Telephone: [phone]
Zero Order Corridor
* Material to be consolidated near ditch
intersection;
some open water area to remain.
I
�
I
Existing
/
ground elevation
r
a �
I
,
6'
/ a
I
Clay Plug
4abo
Typical 50' Plug
Cross - Section
NTS
b
I
/ Dirchn9 '�
I
Dlrcn9,s
gTDN 91]
I
1
1
DrtDH r,9 I
91t �
D�TLM
�
i
DIlDN I39 1
1
gTDx FS
T r�
�4P
f J
Ile
o l
ee Zero Order Grading p
and Restoration Plan �� /
(See Figures 9,11 A, 11 B)
r
ell5}
\ \1 J NOTE: This Is Not An Engineered, Survey, or Architectural Drawing.
\ 1 / PRELIMINARY NOTE: Parcel Boundaries From Pender County GIS.
\ \ / Project: Date:
NE Cape Fear 1/19/12
1 / LMG Mitigation Bank Scale:
LAND MANAGEMENT GROUP w. 1 "=1 000'
Title
Revision Date:
NA
Job Number:
40 -09 -1908
Environmental Consultants
0 00 1 00 Post Office Box 2522 Grading and Plug Location Map Drawn By: Figure:
Wilmington, North Carolina 28402 GSF 10
Telephone: [phone]

M
CD
v
o'
3
STREAM VALLEY A PROFILE
Station
1 +00
2 +00 3 +00 4 +00 5 +00
STREAM VALLEY B PROFILE
Station
6 +00
7 +00
STREAM VALLEY A CROSS SECTION
Station
nn 1+nn 4
+�:
3
M
m
2
o'
1
�g
0�
N
,ri
N�
r
r
o�
ai
r
��
O
(V
��
N
N
°�
N
N
.0
N
m
N
g
1 +00
2 +00 3 +00 4 +00 5 +00
STREAM VALLEY B PROFILE
Station
6 +00
7 +00
STREAM VALLEY A CROSS SECTION
Station
nn 1+nn 4
+�:
3
M
m
2
o'
1
- + 00 1+ +00
�g
O
V)
m
OD
(V
N
(D
a?
N
N
m
N
g
O
O
MM
li
1
O
a)
M
IMM
maw
C`
MM
C0
O
O
O
O
O
N
N
��
mmrm
MM
N
MIMI
N
N
N
N
EM
liiiii_i_
mil_i
.Al
MMIMIM1
MM
LUL
"=LLl'
$'
i
/i_i_i_i_gmm•
_
- + 00 1+ +00
1 +00 2 +00
3 +00 4 +00 5 +00 6 +00 7 +00
8 +00 9 +00 10 +00
Vertical 1 " =20'
10 20 40
iiiiia
Horizontal 1" =100'
0
1100 2 0
PRELIMINARY
)LMG
p LAND MANAGEMENT GROUP .w
Environmental Consultants
Post Office Box 2522
Wilmington, North Carolina 28402
Telephone: [phone]
M
CD
v
o'
1 +00
STREAM VALLEY CROSS SECTION
Station
�g
O
V)
m
OD
(V
N
(D
a?
N
N
m
1 +00 2 +00
3 +00 4 +00 5 +00 6 +00 7 +00
8 +00 9 +00 10 +00
Vertical 1 " =20'
10 20 40
iiiiia
Horizontal 1" =100'
0
1100 2 0
PRELIMINARY
)LMG
p LAND MANAGEMENT GROUP .w
Environmental Consultants
Post Office Box 2522
Wilmington, North Carolina 28402
Telephone: [phone]
M
CD
v
o'
1 +00
STREAM VALLEY CROSS SECTION
Station
O
V)
m
OD
O
W
O
(D
a?
N
Of
M
Q)
m
N
g
O
O
O
0
1
O
a)
M
C`
n
C0
O
O
O
O
O
N
N
N
m
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
1 +00 2 +00
3 +00 4 +00 5 +00 6 +00 7 +00
8 +00 9 +00 10 +00
Vertical 1 " =20'
10 20 40
iiiiia
Horizontal 1" =100'
0
1100 2 0
PRELIMINARY
)LMG
p LAND MANAGEMENT GROUP .w
Environmental Consultants
Post Office Box 2522
Wilmington, North Carolina 28402
Telephone: [phone]
M
CD
v
o'
1 +00
STREAM VALLEY CROSS SECTION
Station
1 +00
NOTE: This Is Not An Engineered, Survey, or Architectural Drawing.
NOTE: Typical Cross Sections. Not For Construction.
Project: Date: Revision Date:
NE Cape Fear 1/19/12 9/19/2012
Mitigation Bank Scale: Job Number:
Title: vertical 1 " =20' 40- 09 -190B
Zero Order Grading Plan Drawn By: Figure:
Valley Profiles GSF 11B
08
O
7
�
N
N
1 +00
NOTE: This Is Not An Engineered, Survey, or Architectural Drawing.
NOTE: Typical Cross Sections. Not For Construction.
Project: Date: Revision Date:
NE Cape Fear 1/19/12 9/19/2012
Mitigation Bank Scale: Job Number:
Title: vertical 1 " =20' 40- 09 -190B
Zero Order Grading Plan Drawn By: Figure:
Valley Profiles GSF 11B

�.m
`.:::...........::. :: .... �i
.:::.:.....: . .

Property Boundary (1273 ac.)
404 Wetland Line
Roads /Ditches Planting
Zero Order Planting
Vegetation Plot
Restoration Well
Enhancement Well
Well Transects (Zero Order)
0 500 1000 2000
® C
R
1 l \y
rl1 /
91
fi I
I
I
I
� I
I
I
I
I
�® I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
z I
NOTE: This Is Not An Engineered, Survey, or Architectural Drawing.
PRELIMINARY NOTE: Parcel Boundaries From Pender County GIS.
Project: Date: Revision Date:
LMG NE Cape Fear 1/19/12 9/18/2012
Mitigation Bank Scale: Job Number:
LAND MANAGEMENT GROUP me 1"=1000' 40- 09 -190B
7 Environmental Consultants Title:
Post Office Box 2522 Planting and Monitoring Plan Drawn By: Figure:
Wilmington, North Carolina 28402 GSF 13
Teleohone: 910. 452-0001

rdi (H'ry SE EN SS
IVA * r t ort SP R NGB • i �� RAVE
a
6OVER
002
^-
' M T =.._ 903 • a
O E y ,* —
Si � I
n�O
wn 1
2 CALYPSO 1004 LENOIR
17 ` DEEP RUN
o ti Q
tTr 1500 • • @cc ' SS
0
FAISON ` `^ y ALBE RTi!iN
11
403 �. %1 i
SO
i e i
53
° JONES
41 �► L ~+ 1130
yS, _
1142
rl,rwcY Hv,_ TURKEY \ _
24 I 211 -
W
DUPLIN L4
SAMPSON _ RICHLANDS
111 M G LIA ,
100
1.1 111 F0 TAIN
1001
o�yht
'"ILL
Ca2y�i 7 MO N
H LLS
Ny
.V°maha'NK 1007
1117 �s \4 _
IVANH
ATKINSON
BLADEN
IT
1209 El Ali eIr J �ALaMc R� 9
{Tort
�•Y- .� 24
c
47
'�. TEA 1826
JACKS ONVILL(
1
N i n1A/
ri - ". A 1827 ��. J .1811 90 <O N�N` (t?LM 4;•�V ER STA
c
�rILLAR
sk" t :EPONA
1105
N c.
WA S 3
s S
• El IxnN
PENDERrt' camp
Davis
424 tic d_, I: 3111 I ,.i 1Mcolt
1522
��J' 140L SITE -,'
CURRIE, 1119 x117;
7
111 Rb KY
i10 POINT ti.'i .. :, ._._. "` -fir ,r fUP
ed
.61F > TEA D
e 00
NE ' VV
RIEGELWOOD
0 1372\
I ry
ew Jar.hscn Hwy DELCO r
1419 lMlgefY Rdti�
COLUMBUS �M
0 2.5 5 10
;;
1428 �, {` ; Miles
q „dam �` 11�W H4,NOV
� �acMsorr y2LELAN0 �NAV Intl. rupof) !l`a1K�A
yy - Legend
U
Bft1 SWIC& T
ryti� IL IN GT N r WRIGHT ILLS
of BE CH Bank Boundary
�r
® Proposed GSA (HUC - 03030007)
County Boundary
Aup < >rt o�
1 k1.1 INNAHri J: ��
LMG Northeast Cape Fear Mitigation Bank Figure 14
LAND MANAGEMENT GROUP o+c Holly Shelter Bay
Environmental Consultants Pender Count NC Geographic Service Area (GSA)
www,lmgroup.net y+

APPENDIX A:
SITE PHOTOGRAPHS
LMG
LAND MANAGEMENT GROUP.-
conso11 -o
September 2012

Y
xv
ts
r
t ,
.
� 4
,..�. Ym 3','14 � d Fj t- +i'p� •�
I � •I
02 09 2011
� r
02/09/2011

. rq
.-Law-
-JT 11"T
10;142011

(5) Typical View of Existing Roadside Ditching
(6) Typical View of Lateral Ditching (looking east)
Northeast Cape Fear LMG Appendix A:
Mitigation Bank - LAND MANAGEMENT GR °UP-
EnvironmentalConsultants Site Documentation
Restoration Plan Photos

(7) View of Existing Pine Flat Wetlands (looking northeast)
(8) View of Existing Pocosin Wetlands (looking west)
Northeast Cape Fear
Mitigation Bank -
Restoration Plan
LMG
LAND MANAGEMENT GROUP .-
Environmental Consultants
Appendix &
Site Documentation
Photos

(11) Typical View of Riverine Swamp Forest Wetlands (looking Northwest)
(12) Outlet Channel through Riverine Swamp Forest Wetlands
Northeast Cape Fear LMG Appendix A:
Mitigation Bank - En "°naAeAGE "oNfGRO Site Documentation
Environmental Consultants
Restoration Plan — Photos

(13) Outlet Culverts Connecting Outlet Canal with Riverine Swamp Forest
(14) Outlet and Riverine Swamp Forest along Shaw Highway
Northeast Cape Fear LMG Appendix A.
Mitigation Bank - " °M " " " °E°R °°"uK Site Documentation
Environmental Consultants
Restoration Plan — Photos

APPENDIX B:
APPROVED WETLAND BOUNDARY SURVEY
LMG
LAND MANAGEMENT GROUP we
Envrranmenrol Consultants
September 2012

W E.T;1--.AN'� D S SU
PENDER j NORTH CAROLINA
WETLANDS AREA
SQUARE FEET
ACREAGE
A
235,792 SF
5 436 AC
8
538,928 SF
12 372 AC
C
474,802 SF
10 900 AC
D
471,029 SF
10 813 AC
E
12,638 SF
0 290 AC
F
13,168 SF
0 302 AC
G
14,727 SF
0 338 AC
H
2,621 SF
5_6602 AC
1
104,207 SF
2 392 AC
J
26,114 SF
0 599 AC
K
54,346 SF
1 248 AC
L
125 840 SF
2 889 AC
M
137,515 SF
.3157 AC
N
3,996,457 SF
91 746 AC
0
1,297 SF
0 0298 AC
P
5,351 SF
0123 AC
Q
18,774 SF
0 431 AC
R
625,955 SF
18 961 AC
S
106,073 SF
2.435 AC
T
2.770 SF
0 0636 AC
U
5,950 SF
0137 AC
V
396,288 SF
9 098 AC
W
3,724 SF
0 855 AC
X
622,489 SF
14 290 AC
Y J.
293,267 SF
6 732 AC
Z 1
1,770 SF
0 0406 AC
AA
1,178,615 SF
27 057 AC
BB
1,411,287 SF
32 399 AC
CC
10,814 SF
0 248 AC
TOTAL WETLANDS
11,093,608 SF
254 674 AC
TOTAL UPLANDS
44,364,557 SF
1018 470 AC
TOTAL AREA
55,458,165 SF
1,273144 AC
3
FOR.
EFS PROPERTIES, LL,C
P.O. BOX 403
WRIGHTSVILLE BEACH, NC 28450
� O r
SITE
VICINTfY MAP
(-TO SME)
SURVEYOPS CERTIFICATION
I, TIMOTHY G CLINKSCALES PLS HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THE WETLAND AREAS SHOWN ON T HIS MAP WERE SURVEYED AND PLOTTED FROM WETLAND LOCATIONS
M76: THE FIE BY OTHER PARTIES THIS CERTIFICATION EXTENDS ONLY TO THE LOCATION OF WETLAND FLAGS ESTABLISHED BY OTHERS
TI OTHY G CL KSCALES PLS DATE
USACOE CERTIFICATION
"THIS CERTIFIES THAT THIS COPY OF THIS PLAT ACCURATELY DEPICTS THE BOUNDARY OF THE JURISDICTION OF SECTION 404 OF THE CLEAN WATER ACT AS
DETERMINED BY THE UNDERSIGNED ON THIS DATE UNLESS THERE IS A CHANGE IN THE LAW OR OUR PUBLISHED REGULATIONS THIS DETERMINATION OF SECTION
404 JURISDICTION MAY BE RELIED UPON FOR A PERIOD NOT TO EXCEED FIVE YEARS FRA4MM THIS DATE THIS DETERMINATION WAS MADE UTILIZING THE APPROPRIATE
REGIONAL SUPPLEMENT TOT E 1787 CDRP OF ENGINEERS WETLAND DELINEAT`O� ^i1NA'U�ll jrrr%
REGULATORY OFFICIAL \ \ \�1
CAR
R
S S (O
TITLE
DATE if c G�
d Pp.� q,q
USACE ACTION ID t�t/ �E1' E'G _ i; : E!1 -
i� 05�R�GjV�
SHEET INDEX
SHEET NUMBER
SHEET TITLE
C -0 0
COVER S-IEET
INDEX 1
INDEX SHEET — DITCHES
INDEX 2
INDEX SHEET — WETLANDS
SV -1 — SV -4
SURVEY — DITCHES
SV -5
LINE TABLES — DITCHES
SV -30
SURVEY — WETLANDS
SV -31 — SV-331
LINE TABLES — WETLANDS
PREPARED BY
PARAlam[OUNTE
5911 OIL Inder Dnve, Sulrc 201
Wilmington, Nlorth C1rolina 28403
(910) 1916707 (0) [phone] (r)
NC 1'-" 4 C 2y46
PROJECT 4 11151 -E

n
0 O
° C J
JI I.,
t
`0
'S S ley 1 4 ^,��
I �
x
' O
J.c"�n
/ y N
O
Illy
d
a
0
I
i / 9
1p
O
ice`\ (�
A I
px
/ n
/ 0
/ A
/ 0
A
°
--- --- - -----
°
°
-- ---- ----- - - - --
A
A
B °
a
t)
1Y/ �) \ \ \N
`� B
A
n
A 0
pq n
8 °
0 9
°
A e
a ® _
/ ---------- ------------------------------------------- ----------------
CLIENT LOOP
PFVISIONS
t�
c bECT STATUS
CCHMN/.l r Ywy
PAC WAQTUTWT
INDEX - DITCHES
EFS PROPERTIES, LLC
P,A- AIVI OUNTE
EFS PROPERTIESS, LLC
+)
1)
A
n
A 0
pq n
8 °
0 9
°
A e
a ® _
CLIENT LOOP
PFVISIONS
t�
c bECT STATUS
CCHMN/.l r Ywy
PAC WAQTUTWT
INDEX - DITCHES
EFS PROPERTIES, LLC
P,A- AIVI OUNTE
EFS PROPERTIESS, LLC
+)
1)
G
m
aaWm FOR c ST
RBA 'MNG NE9BM&LSLK
THE VANCE COTILE'CRACT
5911 Oleander Drive, Suite 201
25403
PO BOX 403
WRIGHTSVILLE BEACH, NC 28480
a)
,)
o „c +vw /mn
n oim aTS
HOLLY TOWNSHIP
\�hlmm toy, \oi [h Carolina
(910) 79156707 (0) (910) 791 -6760 (F)
°)
')
o «m
PENDER COUNTY, NC

l
i
Al
1'^
Y1
m -
PROJECT STATUS
INDEX - WETLANDS
CUENT Loco
�w ioNS.
�2])
— l "IMI1YLd,T T
ntin
EFSPROPERrIES,LLC
I 7
E FS PROPERTIESS, LLC
1
aU= FO R CCST
Pd B01 n03
DRAMIG INPORMATION
rJ
THE VAIvCE COTTLE TRACT
7911 01Can({Cr Drive, Suit: 201
�C�RIGHTSVILLE BL'ACI I, NC 284 80
a>
°A r " "'� ""
suve Ts
HOLLY TOWNSHIP
Wilmin mn,North Carolina 25403
(9l0) 791 -G707 (0) (9I0) 791 G760 (I�
'>
v
D, o
OK�
PENDER COUNTY, NC

I � �
V) r
WV)
Wl
Ld
V)
S13 12'27-W
L22 — 22
1
MEL10N LARRY GWIN et al
754/758
� hry
ah a
Qy s
WILLIAMS,
JAMES ARTHUR \ Y
I et al \ /
I 1518/285 \\ /
\ 1
0 200 400 800 1200 1600
SCALE 1" =400'
NOTE ALL DITCHES SHOWN
ARE JURISDICTIONAL RPW'S
STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA
LINE
'
BEARING
DITCH #6
2771445
DITCH #1
LINE LENGTH BEARING
36195'
108 53
DITCH #5
LINE LENGTH BEARING
DITCH #7
LINE LENGTH BEARING
DI'
LINE
LENG
L1
1 301 58'
571 06'53 "E
N49 10'59 "W
L8
678 13'
N7511 38 "W
L14
304 78'
N70 53 56 "W
L21
216
L2
331 33
S69 58'42 "E
90 46'
L9
205 53'
N76 09 59 W
L15
155 72'
N72 07'4rW
L22
1991
DITCH #2
L10
321 10'
I N7410b8" W
L16
N7453 08 "W
L23
196 E
LINE
LENGTH
BEARING
DITCH #6
DITCH #8
13
L4
36195'
108 53
N7217'11"W
N69 41'19 "W
LINE
L11
LENGTH
261 53'
BEARING
N32 53'55' E
LINE
L77
L
BEARING
N71'Sa'40 "W
—
N49 10'59 "W
L197
L72
9940
N18 54'52 "E
L18
S50 57'08 E
N64 24'09' W
DITCH #4
L13
50400' N2600'20 "E
L19
L20
90 46'
N5844'21 "E
X59 01 36 "W
LINE LENGTH
BEARING
L5 391 73'
N70 52'10 'W
L6 327 83'
N70 40 54'W
L7 36580
N70 39 36 "W
I
i-
DITCH #40
LINE
LENGTH
HEARING
L193
157 23'
N31 57'08'W
L194
51 14
N49 48'54 "W
L195
15210'
N51 09'24"W
L196
192 70'
N49 10'59 "W
L197
242 05'
N51 44 44'W
CK SALENA M
620/230
/rte
r
DITCH x'41
LINE
LENGTH
I BEARING
L198
15191'
1 S5516'24 "E
L799
7260
1 S60 04'35 "E
L200
42 83'
56610'09 "E
L201
3971,
S50 48'06'E
L202
114 74'
S48 44'47 "E
L203
I 156 41'
S50 57'08 E
L204
192 45'
S5012'34 "E
L205
250 41'
S51'1 7'32'E
L206
138 02'
S37 53 48 E
L207
62 O5'
525 02'49'E
L208
168 76'
S07 5V12" W
G A R 0
���•'�ESSI ���
L_ / :f SUR

/Vp
IN
;fee �a cf) C7 =
cn — D
o°kAgA 1� • .��` o O
cn
w C �\
O 0
co r-
G /
/
Z9`
I
DITCH #2 1
I \ 1
I
I �
I �
Zit C1\C g6--'
0
n
z
-rte
rn
w
;a J
I r
D oW
I
N
_L57 i 56 (.55_15
iDITCH #16 N
0
I n r
N 9�
41 SO
°T
jNz
Z Lit H0114 tti� iv
otr� `Nt��A
1 6£1 ONi
SEE SHEET SV -1
r
N �
If
J
�I
6
JCG 31-1CG 1 JV —J
oiT�y � <s
O e
��c y
y���Rs3s•_ i �4
� l
�Oy\O y \O
DITCH
CP'e F�p�
Do'ChH --�
•'Tr #49
1 � � o
(n
m
m
Cn
S
m
m
0
i
n
y\o
"I le
s°
i
1.#
(n
`m
rn
0
0
rn
0
G
°,r I
tOi
LZ H01_ Ia_
9l C41
,8£ b 69S
Z�
Qj�# '�0�.14 9oL0,��ZaN
0�# N0-\t0
0£1
z�
I
/ z
x O
mm
C
�7 D
%r C� 1) 1—
;;Qm IZIo
% m m Oz 2
m D m
W < _
%r
cn c a O
U) z
066
j z
GUENr LOCO-
gFwd Mc.
PROJECT STATUS
COHCI➢NAI UtWTi
WA ti
m N�
N
-
®UN'I'
I
I
z>
U
O O
rrl
I
oz# H�3'S0 L£ 58N
N RA.1�1.
PWA.
n r+
FFS PROPERTIESS, LLC
06 100
cn v
A w
THE VANCE COTTLE TRACT
59t1 Olennder Drive, Suite 201
PO BOX 403
WRIGHTSVILLE BEACH, NC 28480
ORAR7NC INFORMATION
5)
a)
D I
OI
�
HOLLY TOWNSHIP
n .
40
T)
z I
OLD
qq'l
UA
w
;a J
I r
D oW
I
N
_L57 i 56 (.55_15
iDITCH #16 N
0
I n r
N 9�
41 SO
°T
jNz
Z Lit H0114 tti� iv
otr� `Nt��A
1 6£1 ONi
SEE SHEET SV -1
r
N �
If
J
�I
6
JCG 31-1CG 1 JV —J
oiT�y � <s
O e
��c y
y���Rs3s•_ i �4
� l
�Oy\O y \O
DITCH
CP'e F�p�
Do'ChH --�
•'Tr #49
1 � � o
(n
m
m
Cn
S
m
m
0
i
n
y\o
"I le
s°
i
1.#
(n
`m
rn
0
0
rn
0
G
°,r I
tOi
LZ H01_ Ia_
9l C41
,8£ b 69S
Z�
Qj�# '�0�.14 9oL0,��ZaN
0�# N0-\t0
0£1
z�
I
/ z
x O
mm
C
�7 D
%r C� 1) 1—
;;Qm IZIo
% m m Oz 2
m D m
W < _
%r
cn c a O
U) z
GUENr LOCO-
gFwd Mc.
PROJECT STATUS
COHCI➢NAI UtWTi
WETLANDS SURVEY
-
®UN'I'
z>
m
PNniNMMY tA1'WT
nr = rr0A WiST
I✓FS PROPERTIES, LLC
N RA.1�1.
PWA.
n r+
FFS PROPERTIESS, LLC
THE VANCE COTTLE TRACT
59t1 Olennder Drive, Suite 201
PO BOX 403
WRIGHTSVILLE BEACH, NC 28480
ORAR7NC INFORMATION
5)
a)
N
SCAM. n io/wN
°ou`E mm �-
HOLLY TOWNSHIP
Wilmm ton, North Cirohni 28403
(910) 7916707 (0) (910) 7916760 (h)
T)
a�
PENDER COUNTY, NC

� w
O 41 /
0�'
—_
SEE SHEET SV -5
FOR LINE TABLES
DITCH
SEE SHEET SV -4
O
CA
W
O
cc 10
----------- - - - -��
Z J
i id �.
r v�
N
co
TEACHEY, DANNY HLYNNE et al
EFS PROPERTIES LLC \\
j 3425/185 \
NOTE ALL DITCHES SHOWN
ARE JURISDICTIONAL RPVS
/
DITCH #53
i
I
I
I
5
Z
� r V
136
.135
qC.
4
w C7
O
� N
-i
2
w
f
(ir
1
W
N W
� J
1 Jam}
SEE SHEET SV -4
O
CA
W
O
cc 10
----------- - - - -��
Z J
i id �.
r v�
N
co
TEACHEY, DANNY HLYNNE et al
EFS PROPERTIES LLC \\
j 3425/185 \
NOTE ALL DITCHES SHOWN
ARE JURISDICTIONAL RPVS
/
DITCH #53
i
I
I
I
5
Z
� r V
136
.135
32701191 I /.
PSM ASSOC LLC et al
3270/191
CA O
I mod•. y •.�
200 400 800 1200 1600
SCALE 1"=400'
f '
4
w C7
C7
S
�
�
N
N
�
1
j
N W
� J
32701191 I /.
PSM ASSOC LLC et al
3270/191
CA O
I mod•. y •.�
200 400 800 1200 1600
SCALE 1"=400'

•
1 �
O
Sno
I
�i
j
DITCH #54
LINE
LCNGTH
BEARING
L1507
1 258 99'
1436 51'23 "W
L1508
104 72'
Nd5 38'09 "W
L1509
107 53'
N6213 44 "W
L1510
104 09'
N71 02 54 "W
L1511
11843
N774841'W
L1512
12124
N83'50'20'W
Li513
87 83'
N82 36 20'W
L1514
162 71'
N26 08 54 "W
L1515
7020'
N123941 "W
a�
�l
�f
�y
3
G A
A G
', �tllil��
1
rf;7 )
t =
T �
I _
DITCH #55
LINE
LENGTH
BEARING
L1516
72 05'
N62 08'42 "W
L1517
5269
N88 50 30 "W
L1513
71 15'
S87 25'06'W
L1519
51 91
N87 03'03 "W
L1520
9489
N89-32'06'W
L1521
128 92'
1 S82 05 07 "W
L1522
19345'
S7828'26'W
L7523
411 52
S81 51'53'W
L1524
230 61
S84 56 04 "W
L1525
741 42'
N89 54'17'W
DITCH #35
DITCH #56
LINE
LENGTH
BEARING
L1526
17044.
N19 20'09 "E
L1527
316 66'
N23 47 01 E
SEE SHEET SV -5
FOR REMAINING
LINE TABLES
236 70'
S49 44'59 'E -J
135 84'
S66 56'16 "E
438 78'
I \ `
HICKS MILLIE J et aI
490166
i- $7717' 4d "E
248 90'
S49- 44'59 "E
137 72'
S) 566 56'16' E
r C ? / 43576 ,
�� G� X56 � ✓ �M
SEE SHEET SV -3
0 16
2
N
0
DITCH #58
fv
�� oT
C
NOTE ALL DITCHES SHOWN
ARE JURISDICTIONAL RPW'S
\:-A
1
SEE SHEET SV -2
200 400 Soo 1200 1600
SCALE 1" =400'
N
I
W
W
(1)
iR

•
•
DITCH #10
LINE LENGTH I BEARING
L30 47940 NB3 56'22 "E
1.31 1 153 01' 1 N84 22 56 "E
DI TCH #12
LINE
LENGTH
BEARING
1.39
202 69'
S89'53'49 "W
L40
303 20'
S88 33 34 "W
L41
1 260 23'
S87 08'01 11W
251 92'
N54'11 37 "E
25179
DITCH #13
LINE
I LENGTH
QEARING
L42
1 463 92'
1 N88'29'54 "E
L43
1 75160'
N8312'14 "E
DITCH ' 14 LINES
LINE LENGTH
BEARING
1.44 21214
N5323'52'E
1.45 222 48'
N49 59'49 "E
L46 6914'
N55 08'28 E
DITCH 414 CURVES
CUR%r
I RADIUS
LENGTH
BEARING
DISTANCE
Cl
1940 01'
246 96
S53 38'38 "W
246 79'
C2
2330 24'
251 92'
N54'11 37 "E
25179
C3
1289 33'
99 74'
S53'18'45 "W
9972
C4
496 94'
285 64'
S73 01'04'W
281 72'
C5
88736
117 82'
N78 55'07"W
117 74'
DITCH #15 LINES
LINE
LENGTH
BEARING
L47
1 17096,
N54 08'32 "E
L48
142 33'
N50 24'04 'E
1.49
162 02'
N49 58'09' E
L50
194 08'
N54 56 03 "E
L51
315 92'
N53 53'30 "E
L52
12834'
N54 48'20"E
L53
18 94'
S73'04'09 "E
DITCH #15 (CURVES)
CURVE
RADIUS
LENGTH
BEARING
I DISTANCE
26
36516'
336 51'
S 10 27'04'W
1 324 72'
DITCH #16
LINE LENGTH I BEARING
L54 166 31' S8139'42 "E
L55 196 30' SB2 15'21 "C
L56 205 20' S81 56'32 "E
1.57 253 55 S84 04 49 "E
DITCH #18
LINE
LENGTH
BEARING
L68
17667
N84'19'35 E
L69
157 84'
N82 42' 10 "E
L70
147 69'
N81 18'21 "E
L71
17413'
N81 '36'E
L72
249 32'
N53 08'52'E
DITCH #19
LINE LENGTH I BEARING
L'3 40847' N8645'07 E
L74 1.7336 N8408'S8 "E
1.75 346 18' N81 23 OS "E
DITCH #21 CURVES
C7
292 62'
58 28'
1 N48 26'13' E
5819'
C8
235 72'
70 85'
N07 00'47 "E
70 58'
C9
18999'
2427'
S7034'18 "W
2426'
C10
241 64'
53 06'
S7213 38 "W
52 95
C11
80 O8'
8596
N50'45 35 "W
81 89
C12
44 06'
62 34'
S53 25'04' E
57 27'
C13
265 16'
201 28'
N59 18'45"E
196 48'
DITCH #27
LINE
LENGTH
11 BEARING
L129
239 86'
543 59 d0 "E
L130
24916'
S46 08'57 "E
L131
27 02'
S71 54'06 "W
1.7 32
616'
S05 51 -26 "W
DITCH #28
LINE
LENGTH
BEARING
L133
65'
N64 25'48'W
Li 34
�122 _5
M52 37'26 "W
L135
96
N45 01'03 "W
1136
25 6'
N81 07 26'W
DITCH #30
LINE
LENGTH
I BEARING
L144
75 09'
S4718'11 "E
L145
148 82'
841 32'50 "E
DITCH #33
LINE
LENGTH
BEARING
L146
1 79 70'
N65 42'37 "E
L147
4518'
N68 3701 "E
L148
4670'
N75 35'30'E
L7 49
58 00'
N84 08.56 E
L150
80 64'
N89 28'29 "E
L151
7617
S86'1 1'34 "E
DITCH #33
LINE
LENGTH
BEARING
L164
287 71'
S40 55'23 E
L165
25301
S41 44'40 E
L166
78 02'
Sa3 50'27 "E
L767
11324'
S38.54 13 "E
L168
210 85'
S39 42 17"E
1.769
20177
S39 39'12'E
DITCH #35
LINE LENGTH BEARING
L183 464 29' 1 S42 51'3,'W
L7 84 156 13' 1 540 5317 "W
L785 15134' S242811 W
DITCH #46
LINE
LENGTH
BEARING
1.231
7170'
S1005'45 "W
L232
190 85'
Sll 50'23'W
1-254
6359,
S36 06'20"W
DITCH #48
LINE
LENGTH
BEARING
L233
17842
N47 07 36'W
L234
105 68'
N58 16'48"W
L235
200 46'
N62 59'37 "W
L236
30930,
N58'56'13 "W
L237
5976
N59'07'1 9"
L238
547 77'
N59 20'11'W
1.239
282 09'
1 N59 35'57 "W
DITCH #50
LINE
LENGTH
BEARING
L252
31455
S49 42 33 "W
L253
164 84'
S54 51'50 "W
1-254
6359,
S36 06'20"W
L235
69 32'
S50 55'16 "W
L256
6182'
S59 02'59 "W
L257
60 26'
S65 46'20"W
L258 1
7976'
S72'0711 "W
L259
57 07'
S53 54'58 'W
L260
5916'
S47 38 52 W
L261
74 35'
S37 24'10' W
L262
117 91'
S36 52'09 W
L263
.335 90'
S32 47 49 W
L264
107 08'
S37 28'43 "W
L265
112 23'
S50 40'48 "W
L266
55 22'
S69 21 04 "W
L267
192 74'
S58 23'03 "W
1.268
87 04'
S57 19'44"W
1.269
244 81'
S52 04'12 "W
DITCH #51
LINE
LENGTH I
BEARING
L270
14324
N60'26 19 E
L271
113 30'
N61 24 WE
L272
20511'
N45 45 32 E
1273
11736'
N3659'12'E
L274
257 66'
N27 26'39 "E
L275
12038
N41'10 10'E
L276
11493
N5352'08'E
L277
158 44'
N67 14'02 "E
L278
31886'
N4848'15'E
1.279
35820,
N49 28'22 "E
L280
330 22'
N52 31 WE
L281
36354
N48 36 31 E
1.282
432 45'
N47 55'18' E
DITCH #52
LINE
LENGTH
I BEARING
1.283
26 55'
NAl 23'54 "E
L284
7462
S6547'01 "E
L285
1 219 43'
S57 40'44 "E
1.286
289 75'
S57 43'23'E
1.287
26093,
S52 41'48 "E
L288
107 59'
S50 47'21'E
L289
I 54 46'
S75 32'14' E
L290
141 54'
S76 48'20 "E
L291
19018'
S66 09'35 "E
L292
237 73'
S55 50'28 "E
DITCH #53
LINE
LENGTH
BEARING
L293
9605
N4817'08 "E
L294
494 40'
N48 04.37 "E
L295
422 25'
N48 28.25 "E
L296
179 54'
K51 00 04 "E
L297
622 98'
N46 25'47 "E
L298
298 37'
N50 3 6'11 "E
L299
38 21'
N58 2709 "E
CARO
i
.Z� •dam ti� .�
ltd
s Wk
N n
N
U J
a z
vi
(=• y W
wwW
COQ
P4 P,
w 1"`
W cG
I�1 NNr
z �Vo
v
d
Ea
2 vPi�O
v
U
E
U
w.-I
�u ov"�iF
a z
vz� WEO
Q Uou
z0
C4 >aQ
Ww TOW
>n
:s §
HE 8HRx
Sti o
SV -5
PEI JOBg 1115! PE

APPENDIX C:
NC WAM ASSESSMENT (DATA SHEETS)
4 LMG
LAND MANAGEMENT GROUP i-
Envrron. —.1 Consultants
September 2012

NC WAM FIELD ASSESSMENT FORM
Accompanies User Manual Version 4 1
Rating Calculator Version 4 1
Wetland Site Name
EFS - Basin Wetlands - Enhancement
uate
aim i
Wetland Type
Basin Wetland
Assessor Name /Organization
Corey Novak / LMG
Level III Ecoregion
Middle Atlantic Coastal Plain
Nearest Named Water Body
NE Cape Fear River
River Basin
Cape Fear
USGS 8 -Digit Catalogue Unit
03030007
❑ Yes ® No
Precipitation within 48 hrs?
Latitude /Longitude deci -de rees
34 464593 / -77 813518
Evidence of stressors affecting the assessment area (may not be within the assessment area)
Please circle and /or make note on the last page if evidence of stressors is apparent Consider departure from reference, if appropriate, in
recent past (for instance, within 10 years) Noteworthy stressors include, but are not limited to the following
• Hydrological modifications (examples ditches, dams, beaver dams, dikes, berms, ponds, etc )
• Surface and sub - surface discharges into the wetland (examples discharges containing obvious pollutants, presence of nearby
septic tanks, underground storage tanks (USTs), hog lagoons, etc )
• Signs of vegetation stress (examples vegetation mortality, insect damage, disease, storm damage, salt intrusion, etc )
• Habitat/plant community alteration (examples mowing, clear - cutting, exotics, etc )
Is the assessment area intensively managed? ❑ Yes ® No
Regulatory Considerations (select all that apply to the assessment area )
❑ Anadromous fish
❑ Federally protected species or State endangered or threatened species
❑ NCDWQ riparian buffer rule in effect
❑ Abuts a Primary Nursery Area (PNA)
❑ Publicly owned property
❑ N C Division of Coastal Management Area of Environmental Concern (AEC) (including buffer)
❑ Abuts a stream with a NCDWQ classification of SA or supplemental classifications of HQW, ORW, or Trout
❑ Designated NCNHP reference community
❑ Abuts a 303(d)- listed stream or a tributary to a 303(d)- listed stream
What type of natural stream is associated with the wetland, if any? (check all that apply)
❑ Blackwater
❑ Brownwater
❑ Tidal (if tidal, check one of the following boxes) ❑ Lunar ❑ Wind ❑ Both
Is the assessment area on a coastal island? ❑ Yes ® No
Is the assessment area's surface water storage capacity or duration substantially altered by beaver? ❑ Yes ® No
Does the assessment area experience overbank floodm
normal rainfall cony
Ground Surface Condition/Vegetation Condition — assessment area condition metric
Yes ® No
Check a box in each column Consider alteration to the ground surface (GS) in the assessment area and vegetation structure (VS) in
the assessment area Compare to reference wetland if applicable (see User Manual) If a reference is not applicable, then rate the
assessment area based on evidence an effect
GS VS
®A ®A Not severely altered
❑B ❑B Severely altered over a majority of the assessment area (ground surface alteration examples vehicle tracks, excessive
sedimentation, fire -plow lanes, skidder tracks, bedding, fill, sod compaction, obvious pollutants) (vegetation structure
alteration examples mechanical disturbance, herbicides, salt intrusion [where appropriate], exotic species, grazing,
less diversity [if appropriate], hydrologic alteration)
Surface and Sub - Surface Storage Capacity and Duration — assessment area condition metric
Check a box in each column Consider surface storage capacity and duration (Surf) and sub -surface storage capacity and duration
(Sub) Consider both increase and decrease in hydrology Refer to the current NRCS lateral effect of ditching guidance for North Carolina
hydric sods (see USACE Wilmington District website) for the zone of influence of ditches in hydnc soils A ditch <_ 1 foot deep is considered
to affect surface water only, while a ditch > 1 foot deep is expected to affect both surface and sub - surface water Consider tidal flooding
regime, if applicable
Surf Sub
❑A ❑A Water storage capacity and duration are not altered
®B ®B Water storage capacity or duration are altered, but not substantially (typically, not sufficient to change vegetation)
❑C ❑C Water storage capacity or duration are substantially altered (typically, alteration sufficient to result in vegetation
change) (examples draining, flooding, sod compaction, filling, excessive sedimentation, underground utility lines)
Water Storage /Surface Relief — assessment area /wetland type condition metric (answer for non -marsh wetlands only)
Check a box in each column Select the appropriate storage for the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT)
AA WT
3a ❑A ❑A Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water > 1 deep
❑B ❑B Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 6 inches to 1 foot deep
®C ®C Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 3 to 6 inches deep
❑D ❑D Depressions able to pond water < 3 inches deep
3b ❑A Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is greater than 2 feet
❑B Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is between 1 and 2 feet
®C Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is less than 1 foot

Soil Texture /Structure — assessment area condition metric
Check a box from each of the three sod property groups below Dig soil profile in the dominant assessment area landscape feature
Make soil observations within the top 12 inches Use most recent National Technical Committee for Hydric Sods guidance for regional
indicators
4a ®A Sandy sod
❑B Loamy or clayey sods exhibiting redoximorphic features (concentrations, depletions, or rhizospheres)
❑C Loamy or clayey sods not exhibiting redoximorphic features
❑D Loamy or clayey gleyed sod
❑E Histosol or histic epipedon
4b ®A
Soil ribbon < 1 inch
❑B
Soil ribbon a 1 inch
4c ❑A
No peat or muck presence
®B
A peat or muck presence
Discharge into Wetland — opportunity metric
Check a box in each column Consider surface pollutants or discharges (Surf) and sub - surface pollutants or discharges (Sub)
Examples of sub - surface discharges include presence of nearby septic tank, underground storage tank (UST), etc
Surf Sub
®A ®A Little or no evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the assessment area
❑B ❑B Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the wetland and stressing, but not overwhelming the
treatment capacity of the assessment area
❑C ❑C Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges (pathogen, particulate, or soluble) entering the assessment area and
potentially overwhelming the treatment capacity of the wetland (water discoloration, dead vegetation, excessive
sedimentation, odor)
Land Use — opportunity metric
Check all that apply (at least one box in each column) Evaluation involves a GIS effort with field adjustment Consider sources
draining to assessment area within entire upstream watershed (WS), within 5 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment
area (5M), and within 2 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (2M)
WS 5M 2M
❑A ❑A ❑A > 10% impervious surfaces
❑B ❑B ❑B < 10% impervious surfaces
❑C ❑C ❑C Confined animal operations (or other local, concentrated source of pollutants
El El El ? 20% coverage of pasture
❑E ❑E ❑E ? 20% coverage of agricultural land (regularly plowed land)
❑F ❑F ❑F ? 20% coverage of maintained grass /herb
❑G ❑G ❑G ? 20% coverage of clear -cut land
®H ®H ®H Little or no opportunity to improve water quality Lack of opportunity may result from hydrologic alterations
that prevent drainage or overbank flow from affecting the assessment area
Wetland Acting as Vegetated Buffer — assessment area /wetland complex condition metric
7a Is assessment area within 50 feet of a tributary or other open water?
❑Yes ®No If Yes, continue to 7b If No, skip to Metric 8
Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the water body Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland
Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbed
7b How much of the first 50 feet from the bank is wetland? Descriptor E should be selected if ditches effectively bypass the buffer
❑A ? 50 feet
❑B From 30 to < 50 feet
❑C From 15 to < 30 feet
❑D From 5 to < 15 feet
❑E < 5 feet or buffer bypassed by ditches
7c Tributary width If the tributary is anastomosed, combine widths of channels /braids for a total width
❑ <_ 15 -feet wide ❑> 15 -feet wide ❑ Other open water (no tributary present)
7d Do roots of assessment area vegetation extend into the bank of the tributary/open water?
❑Yes ❑No
7e Is stream or other open water sheltered or exposed?
❑Sheltered — adjacent open water with width < 2500 feet and no regular boat traffic
❑Exposed — adjacent open water with width ? 2500 feet or regular boat traffic
Wetland Width at the Assessment Area — wetland type /wetland complex condition metric (evaluate for riparian wetlands only)
Check a box in each column for riverine wetlands only Select the average width for the wetland type at the assessment area (WT)
and the wetland complex at the assessment area (WC) See User Manual for WT and WC boundaries
WT WC
❑A ❑A ? 100 feet
❑B Fl From 80 to < 100 feet
®C ®C From 50 to < 80 feet
❑D ❑D From 40 to < 50 feet
❑E n From 30 to < 40 feet
❑F n From 15 to < 30 feet
❑G ❑G From 5 to < 15 feet
❑H 0 H < 5 feet

9
Inundation Duration — assessment area condition metric
? 500 acres
Answer for assessment area dominant landform
❑B
®A
Evidence of short- duration inundation (< 7 consecutive days)
❑C
❑B
Evidence of saturation, without evidence of inundation
❑D
❑C
Evidence of long- duration inundation or very long- duration inundation (7 to 30 consecutive days or more)
10
Indicators
of Deposition — assessment area condition metric
❑F
Consider recent deposition only (no plant growth since deposition)
®A
Sediment deposition is not excessive, but at approximately natural levels
❑B
Sediment deposition is excessive, but not overwhelming the wetland
❑C
Sediment deposition is excessive and is overwhelming the wetland
11
Wetland Size — wetland type /wetland complex condition metric
Check a box in each column Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment This metric evaluates three aspects of the wetland area the
size of the wetland type (WT), the size of the wetland complex (WC), and the size of the forested wetland (FW) (if applicable, see User
Manual) See the User Manual for boundaries of these evaluation areas If assessment area is clear -cut, select "K" for the FW column
WT
WC FW (if applicable)
❑A
❑A ❑A >_ 500 acres
❑B
❑B ❑B From 100 to < 500 acres
❑C
❑C ❑C From 50 to < 100 acres
❑D
❑D ❑D From 25 to < 50 acres
❑E
❑E ❑E From 10 to < 25 acres
❑F
❑F ❑F From 5 to < 10 acres
❑G
❑G ❑G From 1 to < 5 acres
❑H
❑H ❑H From 0 5 to < 1 acre
01
01 ®I From 0 1 to < 0 5 acre
❑J
❑J ❑J From 0 01 to < 0 1 acre
❑K
❑K ❑K < 0 01 acre or assessment area is clear -cut
12
Wetland
Intactness — wetland type condition metric (evaluate for Pocosins only)
❑A
Pocosin is the full extent (e 90 %) of its natural landscape size
❑B
Pocosin type is < 90% of the full extent of its natural landscape size
13
Connectivity to Other Natural Areas — landscape condition metric
13a
Check appropriate box(es) (a box may be checked in each column) Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment This metric
evaluates whether the wetland is well connected (Well) and /or loosely connected (Loosely) to the landscape patch, the contiguous
naturally vegetated area and open water (if appropriate) Boundaries are formed by four -lane roads, regularly maintained utility line
corridors the width of a four -lane road or wider, urban landscapes, maintained fields (pasture and agriculture), or open water > 300
feet wide
Well Loosely
®A
❑A
? 500 acres
❑B
❑B
From 100 to < 500 acres
❑C
❑C
From 50 to < 100 acres
❑D
❑D
From 10 to < 50 acres
❑E
❑E
< 10 acres
❑F
❑F
Wetland type has a poor or no connection to other natural habitats
13b Evaluate for marshes only
❑Yes ❑No Wetland type has a surface hydrology connection to open waters /stream or tidal wetlands
14 Edge Effect — wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes)
May involve a GIS effort with field adjustment Estimate distance from wetland type boundary to artificial edges Artificial edges include
non - forested areas >— 40 feet wide such as fields, development, roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors, and clear -cuts Consider
the eight main points of the compass
®A No artificial edge within 150 feet in all directions
❑B No artificial edge within 150 feet in four (4) to seven (7) directions
❑C An artificial edge occurs within 150 feet in more than four (4) directions or assessment area is clear -cut
15 Vegetative Composition — assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes and Pine Flat)
®A Vegetation is close to reference condition in species present and their proportions Lower strata composed of appropriate
species, with exotic plants absent or sparse within the assessment area
❑B Vegetation is different from reference condition in species diversity or proportions, but still largely composed of native species
characteristic of the wetland type This may include communities of weedy native species that develop after clearcutting or
clearing It also includes communities with exotics present, but not dominant, over a large portion of the expected strata
❑C
Vegetation severely altered from reference in composition Expected species are unnaturally absent (planted stands of non - characteristic
species or at least one stratum inappropriately composed of a single species) Exotic species are dominant in at least one
stratum
16 Vegetative Diversity — assessment area condition metric (evaluate for Non -tidal Freshwater Marsh only)
❑A Vegetation diversity is high and is composed primarily of native species (< 10% cover of exotics)
❑B Vegetation diversity is low or has > 10% to 50% cover of exotics
❑C Vegetation is dominated by exotic species (> 50 % cover of exotics)

17 Vegetative Structure — assessment area/wetland type condition metric
17a Is vegetation present?
®Yes ❑No If Yes, continue to 17b If No, skip to Metric 18
17b Evaluate percent coverage of assessment area vegetation for all marshes only Skip to 17c for non -marsh wetlands
❑A ? 25% coverage of vegetation
❑B < 25% coverage of vegetation
17c Check a box in each column for each stratum Evaluate this portion of the metric for non -marsh wetlands Consider
structure in airspace above the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT) separately
AA T
oW
®A ®A Canopy closed, or nearly closed, with natural gaps associated with natural processes
S ❑B ❑B Canopy present, but opened more than natural gaps
0 ❑C ❑C Canopy sparse or absent
s
❑A ❑A Dense mid- story/sapling layer
co
®B ®B Moderate density mid- story/sapling layer
❑C ❑C Mid- story/sapling layer sparse or absent
❑A ❑A Dense shrub layer
.E ❑B ❑B Moderate density shrub layer
U) ®C ®C Shrub layer sparse or absent
a ❑A ❑A Dense herb layer
_ ®B ®B Moderate density herb layer
❑C ❑C Herb layer sparse or absent
18 Snags — wetland type condition metric
❑A Large snags (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches DBH, or large relative to species present and landscape stability)
®B Not
19 Diameter Class Distribution — wetland type condition metric
®A Majority of canopy trees have stems > 6 inches in diameter at breast height (DBH), many large trees (> 12 inches DBH) are
present
❑B Majority of canopy trees have stems between 6 and 12 inches DBH, few are > 12 inch DBH
❑C Majority of canopy trees are < 6 inches DBH or no trees
20 Large Woody Debris — wetland type condition metric
Include both natural debris and man - placed natural debris
❑A Large logs (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches in diameter, or large relative to species present and landscape stability)
®B Not
21 Vegetation /Open Water Dispersion — wetland type /open water condition metric (evaluate for Non -Tidal Freshwater Marsh only)
Select the figure that best describes the amount of interspersion between vegetation and open water in the growing season Patterned
areas indicate vegetated areas, while solid white areas indicate open water
❑A ❑B ❑C ❑D
IN
y,.,,� ;4 tk
22 Hydrologic Connectivity — assessment area condition metric (evaluate for riparian wetlands only)
Examples of activities that may severely alter hydrologic connectivity include intensive ditching, fill, sedimentation, channelization,
diversion, man -made berms, beaver dams, and stream incision
❑A Overbank and overland flow are not severely altered in the assessment area
❑B Overbank flow is severely altered in the assessment area
❑C Overland flow is severely altered in the assessment area
❑D Both overbank and overland flow are severely altered in the assessment area
Notes
This form represents the two small basin wetlands on the site Sizes are based on an average of the two wetlands These wetlands are
considered to have surface and sub - surface hydrology reduced by ditches > 1 foot deep

NC WAM Wetland Rating Sheet
Accompanies User Manual Version 4.1
Rating Calculator Version 4.1
Wetland Site Name EFS - Basin Wetlands - Enhancement Date of Assessment 9/7/11
Corey Novak /
Wetland Type Basin Wetland Assessor Name /Organization LMG
Notes on Field Assessment Form (Y /N) YES
Presence of regulatory considerations (Y /N) NO
Wetland is intensively managed (Y /N) NO
Assessment area is located within 50 feet of a natural tributary or other open water (Y /N) NO
Assessment area is substantially altered by beaver (Y /N) NO
Assessment area experiences overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions (Y /N) NO
Assessment area is on a coastal island (Y /N) NO
Sub - function Rating Summary
Function
Sub - function
Metrics
Rating
Hydrology
Surface Storage and Retention
Condition
NA
MEDIUM
Sub - surface Storage and Retention
Condition
NA
Water Quality
Pathogen Change
Condition
NA
Condition
HIGH
Condition /Opportunity
NA
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NA
Particulate Change
Condition
NA
Condition /Opportunity
NA
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NA
Soluble Change
Condition
NA
Condition /Opportunity
NA
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NA
Physical Change
Condition
NA
Condition /Opportunity
NA
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NA
Pollution Change
Condition
MEDIUM
Condition /Opportunity
MEDIUM
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NO
Habitat
Physical Structure
Condition
HIGH
Landscape Patch Structure
Condition
HIGH
Vegetation Composition
Condition
HIGH
Function Ratma Summa
Function
Metrics
Rating
Hydrology
Condition
MEDIUM
Water Quality
Condition
MEDIUM
Condition /Opportunity
MEDIUM
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NO
Habitat
Condition
HIGH
Overall Wetland Rating MEDIUM
I

NC WAM FIELD ASSESSMENT FORM
Accompanies User Manual Version 4 1
nQUI Va.YIGIVI YGI JIVII7
Wetland Site Name
EFS - HF - Preservation
Date
9/12/11
Wetland Type
Headwater Forest
Assessor Name /Organization
Corey Novak - LMG
Level III Ecoregion
Middle Atlantic Coastal Plain
Nearest Named Water Body
NE Cape Fear River
River Basin
Cape Fear
USGS 8 -Digit Catalogue Unit
03030007
F- Yes M No
PreciDitation within 48 hrs?
Latitude /Longitude (deci- degrees)
34 460089 / -77 825202
Evidence of stressors affecting the assessment area (may not be within the assessment area)
Please circle and /or make note on the last page if evidence of stressors is apparent Consider departure from reference, if appropriate, in
recent past (for instance, within 10 years) Noteworthy stressors include, but are not limited to the following
• Hydrological modifications (examples ditches, dams, beaver dams, dikes, berms, ponds, etc )
• Surface and sub - surface discharges into the wetland (examples discharges containing obvious pollutants, presence of nearby
septic tanks, underground storage tanks (USTs), hog lagoons, etc )
• Signs of vegetation stress (examples vegetation mortality, insect damage, disease, storm damage, salt intrusion, etc )
• Habitat/plant community alteration (examples mowing, clear - cutting, exotics, etc )
Is the assessment area intensively managed? ❑ Yes ® No
Regulatory Considerations (select all that apply to the assessment area )
❑ Anadromous fish
❑ Federally protected species or State endangered or threatened species
❑ NCDWQ riparian buffer rule in effect
❑ Abuts a Primary Nursery Area (PNA)
❑ Publicly owned property
❑ N C Division of Coastal Management Area of Environmental Concern (AEC) (including buffer)
❑ Abuts a stream with a NCDWQ classification of SA or supplemental classifications of HQW, ORW, or Trout
❑ Designated NCNHP reference community
❑ Abuts a 303(d)- listed stream or a tributary to a 303(d)- listed stream
What type of natural stream is associated with the wetland, if any? (check all that apply)
® Blackwater
❑ Brownwater
❑ Tidal (if tidal, check one of the following boxes) ❑ Lunar ❑ Wind ❑ Both
Is the assessment area on a coastal island? ❑ Yes ® No
Is the assessment area's surface water storage capacity or duration substantially altered by beaver? ❑ Yes ® No
Does the assessment area experience overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions? ❑ Yes ® No
Ground Surface ConditionlVegetation Condition — assessment area condition metric
Check a box in each column Consider alteration to the ground surface (GS) in the assessment area and vegetation structure (VS) in
the assessment area Compare to reference wetland if applicable (see User Manual) If a reference is not applicable, then rate the
assessment area based on evidence an effect
GS VS
®A ®A Not severely altered
❑B ❑B Severely altered over a majority of the assessment area (ground surface alteration examples vehicle tracks, excessive
sedimentation, fire -plow lanes, skidder tracks, bedding, fill, soil compaction, obvious pollutants) (vegetation structure
alteration examples mechanical disturbance, herbicides, salt intrusion [where appropriate], exotic species, grazing,
less diversity [if appropriate], hydrologic alteration)
Surface and Sub - Surface Storage Capacity and Duration — assessment area condition metric
Check a box in each column Consider surface storage capacity and duration (Surf) and sub - surface storage capacity and duration
(Sub) Consider both increase and decrease in hydrology Refer to the current NRCS lateral effect of ditching guidance for North Carolina
hydnc sods (see USACE Wilmington District website) for the zone of influence of ditches in hydnc sods A ditch <_ 1 foot deep is considered
to affect surface water only, while a ditch > 1 foot deep is expected to affect both surface and sub - surface water Consider tidal flooding
regime, if applicable
Surf Sub
®A ®A Water storage capacity and duration are not altered
❑B ❑B Water storage capacity or duration are altered, but not substantially (typically, not sufficient to change vegetation)
❑C ❑C Water storage capacity or duration are substantially altered (typically, alteration sufficient to result in vegetation
change) (examples draining, flooding, sod compaction, filling, excessive sedimentation, underground utility lines)
Water Storage /Surface Relief — assessment area/wetland type condition metric (answer for non -marsh wetlands only)
Check a box in each column Select the appropriate storage for the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT)
AA WT
3a ❑A ❑A Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water > 1 deep
❑B ❑B Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 6 inches to 1 foot deep
❑C ❑C Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 3 to 6 inches deep
®D ®D Depressions able to pond water < 3 inches deep
3b ❑A Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is greater than 2 feet
❑B Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is between 1 and 2 feet
®C Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is less than 1 foot

4 Sod Texture /Structure — assessment area condition metric
Check a box from each of the three sod property groups below Dig sod profile in the dominant assessment area landscape feature
Make soil observations within the top 12 inches Use most recent National Technical Committee for Hydric Sods guidance for regional
indicators
4a ®A Sandy soil
❑B Loamy or clayey soils exhibiting redoximorphic features (concentrations, depletions, or rhizospheres)
❑C Loamy or clayey soils not exhibiting redoximorphic features
❑D Loamy or clayey gleyed sod
❑E Histosol or histic epipedon
4b ®A Soil ribbon < 1 inch
❑B Sod ribbon ? 1 inch
4c ®A No peat or muck presence
❑B A peat or muck presence
Discharge into Wetland — opportunity metric
Check a box in each column Consider surface pollutants or discharges (Surf) and sub - surface pollutants or discharges (Sub)
Examples of sub - surface discharges include presence of nearby septic tank, underground storage tank (UST), etc
Surf Sub
®A ®A Little or no evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the assessment area
❑B ❑B Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the wetland and stressing, but not overwhelming the
treatment capacity of the assessment area
❑C ❑C Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges (pathogen, particulate, or soluble) entering the assessment area and
potentially overwhelming the treatment capacity of the wetland (water discoloration, dead vegetation, excessive
sedimentation, odor)
Land Use — opportunity metric
Check all that apply (at least one box in each column) Evaluation involves a GIS effort with field adjustment Consider sources
draining to assessment area within entire upstream watershed (WS), within 5 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment
area (5M), and within 2 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (2M)
WS 5M 2M
❑A ❑A ❑A > 10% impervious surfaces
❑B ❑B ❑B < 10% impervious surfaces
❑C ❑C ❑C Confined animal operations (or other local, concentrated source of pollutants
❑D ❑D ❑D ? 20% coverage of pasture
❑E ❑E [:]E ? 20% coverage of agricultural land (regularly plowed land)
- ❑F ❑F ❑F ? 20% coverage of maintained grass /herb
❑G ❑G ❑G ? 20% coverage of clear -cut land
®H ®H ®H Little or no opportunity to improve water quality Lack of opportunity may result from hydrologic alterations
that prevent drainage or overbank flow from affecting the assessment area
Wetland Acting as Vegetated Buffer — assessment arealwetland complex condition metric
7a Is assessment area within 50 feet of a tributary or other open water?
❑Yes ®No If Yes, continue to 7b If No, skip to Metric 8
Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the water body Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland
Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbed
7b How much of the first 50 feet from the bank is wetland? Descriptor E should be selected if ditches effectively bypass the buffer
❑A ? 50 feet
❑B From 30 to < 50 feet
❑C From 15 to < 30 feet
❑D From 5 to < 15 feet
❑E < 5 feet or buffer bypassed by ditches
7c Tributary width If the tributary is anastomosed, combine widths of channels /braids for a total width
❑ <— 15 -feet wide ❑> 15 -feet wide ❑ Other open water (no tributary present)
7d Do roots of assessment area vegetation extend into the bank of the tributary/open water9
❑Yes ❑No
7e Is stream or other open water sheltered or exposed?
❑Sheltered — adjacent open water with width < 2500 feet and no regular boat traffic
❑Exposed — adjacent open water with width ? 2500 feet or regular boat traffic
Wetland Width at the Assessment Area — wetland type /wetland complex condition metric (evaluate for riparian wetlands only)
Check a box in each column for riverine wetlands only Select the average width for the wetland type at the assessment area (WT)
and the wetland complex at the assessment area (WC) See User Manual for WT and WC boundaries
WT WC
❑A ®A ? 100 feet
❑B ❑B From 80 to < 100 feet
❑C ❑C From 50 to < 80 feet
®D ❑D From 40 to < 50 feet
❑E M From 30 to < 40 feet
❑F M From 15 to < 30 feet
❑G ❑G From 5 to < 15 feet
❑H M < 5 feet

9
Inundation Duration — assessment area condition metric
>_ 500 acres
Answer for assessment area dominant landform
❑B
®A
Evidence of short- duration inundation (< 7 consecutive days)
❑C
❑B
Evidence of saturation, without evidence of inundation
❑D
❑C
Evidence of long- duration inundation or very long- duration inundation (7 to 30 consecutive days or more)
10
Indicators
of Deposition — assessment area condition metric
❑F
Consider
recent deposition only (no plant growth since deposition)
®A
Sediment deposition is not excessive, but at approximately natural levels
❑B
Sediment deposition is excessive, but not overwhelming the wetland
❑C
Sediment deposition is excessive and is overwhelming the wetland
11
Wetland Size — wetland type /wetland complex condition metric
Check a box in each column Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment This metric evaluates three aspects of the wetland area the
size of the wetland type (WT), the size of the wetland complex (WC), and the size of the forested wetland (FW) (if applicable, see User
Manual) See the User Manual for boundaries of these evaluation areas If assessment area is clear -cut, select "K" for the FW column
WT
WC FW (if applicable)
❑A
❑A ❑A ? 500 acres
❑B
®B ®B From 100 to < 500 acres
❑C
❑C ❑C From 50 to < 100 acres
❑D
❑D ❑D From 25 to < 50 acres
❑E
❑E ❑E From 10 to < 25 acres
❑F
❑F ❑F From 5 to < 10 acres
®G
❑G ❑G From 1 to < 5 acres
❑H
❑H ❑H From 0 5 to < 1 acre
❑I
❑I ❑I From 0 1 to < 0 5 acre
❑J
❑J ❑J From 0 01 to < 0 1 acre
❑K
❑K ❑K < 0 01 acre or assessment area is clear -cut
12
Wetland Intactness — wetland type condition metric (evaluate for Pocosins only)
❑A
Pocosin is the full extent (? 90 %) of its natural landscape size
❑B
Pocosin type is < 90% of the full extent of its natural landscape size
13
Connectivity to Other Natural Areas — landscape condition metric
13a
Check appropriate box(es) (a box may be checked in each column) Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment This metric
evaluates whether the wetland is well connected (Well) and /or loosely connected (Loosely) to the landscape patch, the contiguous
naturally vegetated area and open water (if appropriate) Boundaries are formed by four -lane roads, regularly maintained utility line
corridors the width of a four -lane road or wider, urban landscapes, maintained fields (pasture and agriculture), or open water > 300
feet wide
Well Loosely
®A
❑A
>_ 500 acres
❑B
❑B
From 100 to < 500 acres
❑C
❑C
From 50 to < 100 acres
❑D
❑D
From 10 to < 50 acres
❑E
❑E
< 10 acres
❑F
❑F
Wetland type has a poor or no connection to other natural habitats
13b Evaluate for marshes only
❑Yes ❑No Wetland type has a surface hydrology connection to open waters /stream or tidal wetlands
14 Edge Effect — wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes)
May involve a GIS effort with field adjustment Estimate distance from wetland type boundary to artificial edges Artificial edges include
non - forested areas a 40 feet wide such as fields, development, roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors, and clear -cuts Consider
the eight main points of the compass
❑A No artificial edge within 150 feet in all directions
®B No artificial edge within 150 feet in four (4) to seven (7) directions
❑C An artificial edge occurs within 150 feet in more than four (4) directions or assessment area is clear -cut
15 Vegetative Composition — assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes and Pine Flat)
❑A Vegetation is close to reference condition in species present and their proportions Lower strata composed of appropriate
species, with exotic plants absent or sparse within the assessment area
®B Vegetation is different from reference condition in species diversity or proportions, but still largely composed of native species
characteristic of the wetland type This may include communities of weedy native species that develop after clearcutting or
clearing It also includes communities with exotics present, but not dominant, over a large portion of the expected strata
❑C
Vegetation severely altered from reference in composition Expected species are unnaturally absent (planted stands of non - characteristic
species or at least one stratum inappropriately composed of a single species) Exotic species are dominant in at least one
stratum
16 Vegetative Diversity — assessment area condition metric (evaluate for Non -tidal Freshwater Marsh only)
❑A Vegetation diversity is high and is composed primarily of native species (< 10% cover of exotics)
❑B Vegetation diversity is low or has > 10% to 50% cover of exotics
❑C Vegetation is dominated by exotic species (> 50 % cover of exotics)

17 Vegetative Structure — assessment area /wetland type condition metric
17a Is vegetation present?
®Yes ❑No If Yes, continue to 17b If No, skip to Metric 18
17b Evaluate percent coverage of assessment area vegetation for all marshes only Skip to 17c for non -marsh wetlands
®A ? 25% coverage of vegetation
❑B < 25% coverage of vegetation
17c Check a box in each column for each stratum Evaluate this portion of the metric for non -marsh wetlands Consider
structure in airspace above the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT) separately
AA
oWT
❑A ❑A Canopy closed, or nearly closed, with natural gaps associated with natural processes
cc: ❑B ❑B Canopy present, but opened more than natural gaps
C) ®C ®C Canopy sparse or absent
s
o ❑A ❑A Dense mid- story/sapling layer
U.) ®B ®B Moderate density mid- story/sapling layer
❑C ❑C Mid- story/sapling layer sparse or absent
❑A ❑A Dense shrub layer
t ®B ®B Moderate density shrub layer
❑C ❑C Shrub layer sparse or absent
®A ®A Dense herb layer
_ ❑B ❑B Moderate density herb layer
❑C ❑C Herb layer sparse or absent
18 Snags — wetland type condition metric
❑A Large snags (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches DBH, or large relative to species present and landscape stability)
®B Not
19 Diameter Class Distribution — wetland type condition metric
❑A Majority of canopy trees have stems > 6 inches in diameter at breast height (DBH), many large trees (> 12 inches DBH) are
present
❑B Majority of canopy trees have stems between 6 and 12 inches DBH, few are > 12 inch DBH
®C Majority of canopy trees are < 6 inches DBH or no trees
20 Large Woody Debris — wetland type condition metric
Include both natural debris and man - placed natural debris
❑A Large logs (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches in diameter, or large relative to species present and landscape stability)
®B Not A
21 Vegetation /Open Water Dispersion — wetland type /open water condition metric (evaluate for Non -Tidal Freshwater Marsh only)
Select the figure that best describes the amount of interspersion between vegetation and open water in the growing season Patterned
areas indicate vegetated areas, while solid white areas indicate open water
❑A ❑B ❑C ❑D
r
���;��
r ,
22 Hydrologic Connectivity — assessment area condition metric (evaluate for riparian wetlands only)
Examples of activities that may severely alter hydrologic connectivity include intensive ditching, fill, sedimentation, channelization,
diversion, man -made berms, beaver dams, and stream incision
®A Overbank and overland flow are not severely altered in the assessment area
❑B Overbank flow is severely altered in the assessment area
❑C Overland flow is severely altered in the assessment area -
❑D Both overbank and overland flow are severely altered in the assessment area
Notes
Assessment area is a swale located within a natural topographic crenulation, potentially associated with a stream across the road Lack of
opportunity to improve water quality results from relatively undisturbed upstream watershed
i"

NC WAM Wetland Rating Sheet
Accompanies User Manual Version 4 1
Rating Calculator Version 4.1
Wetland Site Name EFS - HF - Preservation Date of Assessment 9/12/11
Wetland Type Headwater Forest
i'urey NUVdK -
Assessor Name /Organization LMG
Notes on Field Assessment Form (Y /N)
YES
Presence of regulatory considerations (Y /N)
NO
Wetland is intensively managed (Y /N)
NO
Assessment area is located within 50 feet of a natural tributary or other open water (Y /N)
NO
Assessment area is substantially altered by beaver (Y /N)
NO
Assessment area experiences overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions (Y /N)
NO
Assessment area is on a coastal island (Y /N)
NO
Sub -function Rating Summa
Function
Sub - function
Metrics
Rating
Hydrology
Surface Storage and Retention
Condition
HIGH
HIGH
Sub - surface Storage and Retention
Condition
HIGH
Water Quality
Pathogen Change
Condition
HIGH
Condition
HIGH
Condition /Opportunity
HIGH
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NO
Particulate Change
Condition
HIGH
Condition /Opportunity
NA
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NA
Soluble Change
Condition
MEDIUM
Condition /Opportunity
MEDIUM
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NO
Physical Change
Condition
LOW
Condition /Opportunity
LOW
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NO
Pollution Change
Condition
NA
Condition /Opportunity
NA
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NA
Habitat
Physical Structure
Condition
HIGH
Landscape Patch Structure
Condition
HIGH
Vegetation Composition
Condition
MEDIUM
Function Ratrno Summa
Function
Metrics
Rating
Hydrology
Condition
HIGH
Water Quality
Condition
HIGH
Condition /Opportunity
HIGH
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NO
Habitat
Condition
HIGH
Overall Wetland Rating HIGH

NC WAM FIELD ASSESSMENT FORM
Accompanies User Manual Version 4 1
naau� VGIarY IOM
Wetland Site Name
EFS - NRSF - Preservation
Date
9/7/11
Wetland Type
Non- Rivenne Swamp Forest
Assessor Name /Organization
Corey Novak / LMG
Level III Ecoregion
Middle Atlantic Coastal Plain
Nearest Named Water Body
NE Cape Fear River
River Basin
Cape Fear
USGS 8 -Digit Catalogue Unit
03030007
❑ Yes ® No
Precipitation within 48 hrs?
Latitude /Longitude (deci- degrees)
34 467700 / -77 825267
Evidence of stressors affecting the assessment area (may not be within the assessment area)
Please circle and /or make note on the last page if evidence of stressors is apparent Consider departure from reference, if appropriate, in
recent past (for instance, within 10 years) Noteworthy stressors include, but are not limited to the following
• Hydrological modifications (examples ditches, dams, beaver dams, dikes, berms, ponds, etc )
• Surface and sub - surface discharges into the wetland (examples discharges containing obvious pollutants, presence of nearby
septic tanks, underground storage tanks (USTs), hog lagoons, etc )
• Signs of vegetation stress (examples vegetation mortality, insect damage, disease, storm damage, salt intrusion, etc )
• Habitat/plant community alteration (examples mowing, clear - cutting, exotics, etc )
Is the assessment area intensively managed? ❑ Yes ® No
Regulatory Considerations (select all that apply to the assessment area )
❑ Anadromous fish
❑ Federally protected species or State endangered or threatened species
❑ NCDWQ riparian buffer rule in effect
❑ Abuts a Primary Nursery Area (PNA)
❑ Publicly owned property
❑ N C Division of Coastal Management Area of Environmental Concern (AEC) (including buffer)
❑ Abuts a stream with a NCDWQ classification of SA or supplemental classifications of HQW, ORW, or Trout
❑ Designated NCNHP reference community
❑ Abuts a 303(d)- listed stream or a tributary to a 303(d)- listed stream
What type of natural stream is associated with the wetland, if any (check all that apply)
❑ Blackwater
❑ Brownwater
❑ Tidal (if tidal, check one of the following boxes) ❑ Lunar ❑ Wind ❑ Both
Is the assessment area on a coastal island? ❑ Yes ® No
Is the assessment area's surface water storage capacity or duration substantially altered by beaver? ❑ Yes ® No
Does the assessment area experience overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions? ❑ Yes ® No
Ground Surface Condition/Vegetation Condition - assessment area condition metric
Check a box in each column Consider alteration to the ground surface (GS) in the assessment area and vegetation structure (VS) in
the assessment area Compare to reference wetland if applicable (see User Manual) If a reference is not applicable, then rate the
assessment area based on evidence an effect
GS VS
®A ®A Not severely altered
❑B ❑B Severely altered over a majority of the assessment area (ground surface alteration examples vehicle tracks, excessive
sedimentation, fire -plow lanes, skidder tracks, bedding, fill, sod compaction, obvious pollutants) (vegetation structure
alteration examples mechanical disturbance, herbicides, salt intrusion [where appropriate], exotic species, grazing,
less diversity [if appropriate], hydrologic alteration)
Surface and Sub - Surface Storage Capacity and Duration - assessment area condition metric
Check a box in each column Consider surface storage capacity and duration (Surf) and sub - surface storage capacity and duration
(Sub) Consider both increase and decrease in hydrology Refer to the current NRCS lateral effect of ditching guidance for North Carolina
hydnc sods (see USACE Wilmington District website) for the zone of influence of ditches in hydnc sods A ditch <- 1 foot deep is considered
to affect surface water only, while a ditch > 1 foot deep is expected to affect both surface and sub - surface water Consider tidal flooding
regime, if applicable
Surf Sub
®A ®A Water storage capacity and duration are not altered
❑B ❑B Water storage capacity or duration are altered, but not substantially (typically, not sufficient to change vegetation)
❑C ❑C Water storage capacity or duration are substantially altered (typically, alteration sufficient to result in vegetation
change) (examples draining, flooding, soil compaction, filling, excessive sedimentation, underground utility lines)
Water Storage /Surface Relief - assessment area /wetland type condition metric (answer for non -marsh wetlands only)
Check a box in each column Select the appropriate storage for the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT)
AA WT
3a ❑A ❑A Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water > 1 deep
®B ®B Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 6 inches to 1 foot deep
❑C ❑C Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 3 to 6 inches deep
❑D ❑D Depressions able to pond water < 3 inches deep
3b ❑A Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is greater than 2 feet
❑B Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is between 1 and 2 feet
®C Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is less than 1 foot

Soil Texture /Structure — assessment area condition metric
Check a box from each of the three soil property groups below Dig sod profile in the dominant assessment area landscape feature
Make soil observations within the top 12 inches Use most recent National Technical Committee for Hydric Sods guidance for regional
indicators
4a ®A Sandy sod
❑B Loamy or clayey sods exhibiting redoximorphic features (concentrations, depletions, or rhizospheres)
❑C Loamy or clayey soils not exhibiting redoximorphic features
❑D Loamy or clayey gleyed sod
❑E Histosol or histic epipedon
4b ®A Soil ribbon < 1 inch
❑B Soil ribbon > 1 inch
4c ❑A No peat or muck presence
®B A peat or muck presence
Discharge into Wetland — opportunity metric
Check a box in each column Consider surface pollutants or discharges (Surf) and sub - surface pollutants or discharges (Sub)
Examples of sub - surface discharges include presence of nearby septic tank, underground storage tank (UST), etc
Surf Sub
®A ®A Little or no evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the assessment area
❑B ❑B Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the wetland and stressing, but not overwhelming the
treatment capacity of the assessment area
❑C ❑C Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges (pathogen, particulate, or soluble) entering the assessment area and
potentially overwhelming the treatment capacity of the wetland (water discoloration, dead vegetation, excessive
sedimentation, odor)
Land Use — opportunity metric
Check all that apply (at least one box in each column) Evaluation involves a GIS effort with field adjustment Consider sources
draining to assessment area within entire upstream watershed (WS), within 5 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment
area (5M), and within 2 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (2M)
WS 5M 2M
❑A ❑A ❑A > 10% impervious surfaces
❑B ❑B n < 10% impervious surfaces
❑C ❑C ❑C Confined animal operations (or other local, concentrated source of pollutants
❑D ❑D ❑D >_ 20% coverage of pasture
❑E ❑E ❑E ? 20% coverage of agricultural land (regularly plowed land)
❑F ❑F ❑F ? 20% coverage of maintained grass /herb
❑G ❑G ❑G ? 20% coverage of clear -cut land
®H ®H ®H Little or no opportunity to improve water quality Lack of opportunity may result from hydrologic alterations
that prevent drainage or overbank flow from affecting the assessment area
Wetland Acting as Vegetated Buffer — assessment area /wetland complex condition metric
7a Is assessment area within 50 feet of a tributary or other open water
❑Yes ®No If Yes, continue to 7b If No, skip to Metric 8
Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the water body Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland
Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbed
7b How much of the first 50 feet from the bank is wetland? Descriptor E should be selected if ditches effectively bypass the buffer
❑A >_ 50 feet
F1 From 30 to < 50 feet
❑C From 15 to < 30 feet
❑D From 5 to < 15 feet
❑E < 5 feet or buffer bypassed by ditches
7c Tributary width If the tributary is anastomosed, combine widths of channels /braids for a total width
❑ <_ 15 -feet wide ❑> 15 -feet wide ❑ Other open water (no tributary present)
7d Do roots of assessment area vegetation extend into the bank of the tributary/open water?
❑Yes ❑No
7e Is stream or other open water sheltered or exposed?
❑Sheltered — adjacent open water with width < 2500 feet and no regular boat traffic
❑Exposed — adjacent open water with width ? 2500 feet or regular boat traffic
Wetland Width at the Assessment Area — wetland type /wetland complex condition metric (evaluate for riparian wetlands only)
Check a box in each column for nvenne wetlands only Select the average width for the wetland type at the assessment area (WT)
and the wetland complex at the assessment area (WC) See User Manual for WT and WC boundaries
WT WC
®A ®A ? 100 feet
❑B ❑B From 80 to < 100 feet
❑C ❑C From 50 to < 80 feet
❑D ❑D From 40 to < 50 feet
❑E n From 30 to < 40 feet
❑F n From 15 to < 30 feet
❑G ❑G From 5 to < 15 feet
❑H ❑H < 5 feet

9
Inundation Duration — assessment area condition metric
>— 500 acres
Answer
for assessment area dominant landform
From 100 to < 500 acres
❑A
Evidence of short- duration inundation (< 7 consecutive days)
From 50 to < 100 acres
❑B
Evidence of saturation, without evidence of inundation
From 10 to < 50 acres
®C
Evidence of long - duration inundation or very long- duration inundation (7 to 30 consecutive days or more)
10
Indicators
of Deposition — assessment area condition metric
Wetland type has a poor or no connection to other natural habitats
Consider
recent deposition only (no plant growth since deposition)
®A
Sediment deposition is not excessive, but at approximately natural levels
❑B
Sediment deposition is excessive, but not overwhelming the wetland
❑C
Sediment deposition is excessive and is overwhelming the wetland
11
Wetland Size — wetland type /wetland complex condition metric
Check
a box in each column Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment This metric evaluates three aspects of the wetland area the
size of the wetland type (WT), the size of the wetland complex (WC), and the size of the forested wetland (FW) (if applicable, see User
Manual) See the User Manual for boundaries of these evaluation areas If assessment area is clear -cut, select "K" for the FW column
WT
WC FW (if applicable)
❑A
❑A ❑A ? 500 acres
❑B
®B ®B From 100 to < 500 acres
®C
❑C ❑C From 50 to < 100 acres
❑D
❑D ❑D From 25 to < 50 acres
❑E
❑E ❑E From 10 to < 25 acres
❑F
❑F ❑F From 5 to < 10 acres
❑G
❑G ❑G From 1 to < 5 acres
❑H
❑H ❑H From 0 5 to < 1 acre
❑I
❑I ❑I From 0 1 to < 0 5 acre
❑J
❑J ❑J From 0 01 to < 0 1 acre
❑K
❑K ❑K < 0 01 acre or assessment area is clear -cut
12
Wetland Intactness — wetland type condition metric (evaluate for Pocosins only)
❑A
Pocosin is the full extent (? 90 %) of its natural landscape size
❑B
Pocosin type is < 90% of the full extent of its natural landscape size
13
Connectivity to Other Natural Areas — landscape condition metric
13a
Check appropriate box(es) (a box may be checked in each column) Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment This metric
evaluates whether the wetland is well connected (Well) and /or loosely connected (Loosely) to the landscape patch, the contiguous
naturally vegetated area and open water (if appropriate) Boundaries are formed by four -lane roads, regularly maintained utility line
corridors the width of a four -lane road or wider, urban landscapes, maintained fields (pasture and agriculture), or open water > 300
feet wide
Well Loosely
®A
❑A
>— 500 acres
❑B
❑B
From 100 to < 500 acres
❑C
❑C
From 50 to < 100 acres
❑D
❑D
From 10 to < 50 acres
❑E
❑E
< 10 acres
❑F
❑F
Wetland type has a poor or no connection to other natural habitats
13b Evaluate for marshes only
❑Yes [-]No Wetland type has a surface hydrology connection to open waters /stream or tidal wetlands
14 Edge Effect — wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes)
May involve a GIS effort with field adjustment Estimate distance from wetland type boundary to artificial edges Artificial edges include
non - forested areas ? 40 feet wide such as fields, development, roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors, and clear -cuts Consider
the eight main points of the compass
®A No artificial edge within 150 feet in all directions
❑B No artificial edge within 150 feet in four (4) to seven (7) directions
❑C An artificial edge occurs within 150 feet in more than four (4) directions or assessment area is clear -cut
15 Vegetative Composition — assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes and Pine Flat)
®A Vegetation is close to reference condition in species present and their proportions Lower strata composed of appropriate
species, with exotic plants absent or sparse within the assessment area
❑B Vegetation is different from reference condition in species diversity or proportions, but still largely composed of native species
characteristic of the wetland type This may include communities of weedy native species that develop after clearcutting or
clearing It also includes communities with exotics present, but not dominant, over a large portion of the expected strata
❑C
Vegetation severely altered from reference in composition Expected species are unnaturally absent (planted stands of non - characteristic
species or at least one stratum inappropriately composed of a single species) Exotic species are dominant in at least one
stratum
16 Vegetative Diversity — assessment area condition metric (evaluate for Non -tidal Freshwater Marsh only)
❑A Vegetation diversity is high and is composed primarily of native species (< 10% cover of exotics)
❑B Vegetation diversity is low or has > 10% to 50% cover of exotics
❑C Vegetation is dominated by exotic species (> 50 % cover of exotics)

17 Vegetative Structure — assessment area /wetland type condition metric
17a Is vegetation present?
®Yes ❑No If Yes, continue to 17b If No, skip to Metric 18
17b Evaluate percent coverage of assessment area vegetation for all marshes only Skip to 17c for non -marsh wetlands
❑A ? 25% coverage of vegetation
❑B < 25% coverage of vegetation
17c Check a box in each column for each stratum Evaluate this portion of the metric for non -marsh wetlands Consider
structure in airspace above the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT) separately
AA WT
o❑A ❑A Canopy closed, or nearly closed, with natural gaps associated with natural processes
@ ®B ®B Canopy present, but opened more than natural gaps
d ❑C ❑C Canopy sparse or absent
o ❑A ❑A Dense mid- story/sapling layer
®B ®B Moderate density mid- story/sapling layer
❑C ❑C Mid- story/sapling layer sparse or absent
❑A ❑A Dense shrub layer
r ❑B ❑B Moderate density shrub layer
U) ®C ®C Shrub layer sparse or absent
a ®A ®A Dense herb layer
_ ❑B ❑B Moderate density herb layer
❑C ❑C Herb layer sparse or absent
18 Snags — wetland type condition metric
®A Large snags (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches DBH, or large relative to species present and landscape stability)
❑B Not
19 Diameter Class Distribution — wetland type condition metric
®A Majority of canopy trees have stems > 6 inches in diameter at breast height (DBH), many large trees (> 12 inches DBH) are
present
❑B Majority of canopy trees have stems between 6 and 12 inches DBH, few are > 12 inch DBH
❑C Majority of canopy trees are < 6 inches DBH or no trees
20 Large Woody Debris — wetland type condition metric
Include both natural debris and man - placed natural debris
®A Large logs (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches in diameter, or large relative to species present and landscape stability)
❑B Not
21 Vegetation /Open Water Dispersion — wetland type /open water condition metric (evaluate for Non -Tidal Freshwater Marsh only)
Select the figure that best describes the amount of interspersion between vegetation and open water in the growing season Patterned
areas indicate vegetated areas, while solid white areas indicate open water
❑A (❑B ❑C ❑D
M�Iile•�'nA 6 YJ
22 Hydrologic Connectivity — assessment area condition metric (evaluate for riparian wetlands only)
Examples of activities that may severely alter hydrologic connectivity include intensive ditching, fill, sedimentation, channelization,
diversion, man -made berms, beaver dams, and stream incision
❑A Overbank and overland flow are not severely altered in the assessment area
❑B Overbank flow is severely altered in the assessment area
❑C Overland flow is severely altered in the assessment area
❑D Both overbank and overland flow are severely altered in the assessment area
Notes
Area is affected by beavers, but beavers are considered to be long - established ( >10 years) and are therefore not a stressor Lack of
opportunity to improve water quality results from relatively undisturbed upstream watershed (Holly Shelter Bay)

NC WAM Wetland Rating Sheet
Accompanies User Manual Version 4.1
Rating Calculator Version 4.1
Wetland Site Name EFS - NRSF - Preservation Date of Assessment 9/7/11
Corey Novak /
Wetland Type Non- Rivenne Swamp Forest Assessor Name /Organization LMG
Notes on Field Assessment Form (Y /N)
YES
Presence of regulatory considerations (Y /N)
NO
Wetland is intensively managed (Y /N)
NO
Assessment area is located within 50 feet of a natural tributary or other open water (Y /N)
NO
Assessment area is substantially altered by beaver (Y /N)
NO
Assessment area experiences overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions (Y /N)
NO
Assessment area is on a coastal island (Y /N)
NO
Sub - function Ratmci Summa
Function
Sub - function
Metres
Rating
Hydrology
Surface Storage and Retention
Condition
HIGH
HIGH
Sub - surface Storage and Retention
Condition
HIGH
Water Quality
Pathogen Change
Condition
NA
Condition
HIGH
Condition /Opportunity
NA
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NA
Particulate Change
Condition
NA
Condition /Opportunity
NA
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NA
Soluble Change
Condition
NA
Condition /Opportunity
NA
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NA
Physical Change
Condition
NA
Condition /Opportunity
NA
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NA
Pollution Change
Condition
HIGH
Condition /Opportunity
HIGH
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NO
Habitat
Physical Structure
Condition
HIGH
Landscape Patch Structure
Condition
HIGH
Vegetation Composition
Condition
HIGH
Function Rating Summa
Function
Metrics
Rating
Hydrology
Condition
HIGH
Water Quality
Condition
HIGH
Condition /Opportunity
HIGH
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NO
Habitat
Condition
HIGH
Overall Wetland Rating HIGH

NC WAM FIELD ASSESSMENT FORM
Accompanies User Manual Version 4 1
Rating Calculator Version 4 1
Wetland Site Name
EFS - Pine Flat - Enhancement
Date
9/7/11
Wetland Type
Pine Flat
Assessor Name /Organization
Corey Novak / LMG
Level III Ecoregion
Middle Atlantic Coastal Plain
Nearest Named Water Body
NE Cape Fear River
River Basin
Cape Fear
USGS 8 -Digit Catalogue Unit
03030007
R Yes M No
PreciDitation within 48 hrs?
Latitude /Longitude (deci- degrees)
34 468640 / -77 808211
Evidence of stressors affecting the assessment area (may,not be within the assessment area)
Please circle and /or make note on the last page if evidence of stressors is apparent Consider departure from reference, if appropriate, in
recent past (for instance, within 10 years) Noteworthy stressors include, but are not limited to the following
• Hydrological modifications (examples ditches, dams, beaver dams, dikes, berms, ponds, etc )
• Surface and sub - surface discharges into the wetland (examples discharges containing obvious pollutants, presence of nearby
septic tanks, underground storage tanks (USTs), hog lagoons, etc )
• Signs of vegetation stress (examples vegetation mortality, insect damage, disease, storm damage, salt intrusion, etc )
• Habitat/plant community alteration (examples mowing, clear - cutting, exotics, etc )
Is the assessment area intensively managed? ❑ Yes ® No
Regulatory Considerations (select all that apply to the assessment area )
❑ Anadromous fish
❑ Federally protected species or State endangered or threatened species
❑ NCDWQ riparian buffer rule in effect
❑ Abuts a Primary Nursery Area (PNA)
❑ Publicly owned property
❑ N C Division of Coastal Management Area of Environmental Concern (AEC) (including buffer)
❑ Abuts a stream with a NCDWQ classification of SA or supplemental classifications of HQW, ORW, or Trout
❑ Designated NCNHP reference community
❑ Abuts a 303(d)- listed stream or a tributary to a 303(d)- listed stream
What type of natural stream is associated with the wetland, if any? (check all that apply)
❑ Blackwater
❑ Brownwater
❑ Tidal (if tidal, check one of the following boxes) ❑ Lunar ❑ Wind ❑ Both
Is the assessment area on a coastal island? ❑ Yes ® No
Is the assessment area's surface water storage capacity or duration substantially altered by beaver? ❑ Yes ® No
Does the assessment area experience overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions? ❑ Yes ® No
Ground Surface Condition/Vegetation Condition — assessment area condition metric
Check a box in each column Consider alteration to the ground surface (GS) in the assessment area and vegetation structure (VS) in
the assessment area Compare to reference wetland if applicable (see User Manual) If a reference is not applicable, then rate the
assessment area based on evidence an effect
GS VS
®A ®A Not severely altered
❑B ❑B Severely altered over a majority of the assessment area (ground surface alteration examples vehicle tracks, excessive
sedimentation, fire -plow lanes, skidder tracks, bedding, fill, soil compaction, obvious pollutants) (vegetation structure
alteration examples mechanical disturbance, herbicides, salt intrusion [where appropriate], exotic species, grazing,
less diversity [if appropriate], hydrologic alteration)
Surface and Sub - Surface Storage Capacity and Duration — assessment area condition metric
Check a box in each column Consider surface storage capacity and duration (Surf) and sub - surface storage capacity and duration
(Sub) Consider both increase and decrease in hydrology Refer to the current NRCS lateral effect of ditching guidance for North Carolina
hydric sods (see USACE Wilmington District website) for the zone of influence of ditches in hydric soils A ditch s 1 foot deep is considered
to affect surface water only, while a ditch > 1 foot deep is expected to affect both surface and sub - surface water Consider tidal flooding
regime, if applicable
Surf Sub
❑A ❑A Water storage capacity and duration are not altered
®B ®B Water storage capacity or duration are altered, but not substantially (typically, not sufficient to change vegetation)
❑C ❑C Water storage capacity or duration are substantially altered (typically, alteration sufficient to result in vegetation
change) (examples draining, flooding, sod compaction, filling, excessive sedimentation, underground utility lines)
Water Storage /Surface Relief — assessment area/wetland type condition metric (answer for non -marsh wetlands only)
Check a box in each column Select the appropriate storage for the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT)
AA WT
3a ❑A ❑A Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water > 1 deep
❑B ❑B Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 6 inches to 1 foot deep
❑C ❑C Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 3 to 6 inches deep
®D ®D Depressions able to pond water < 3 inches deep
3b ❑A Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is greater than 2 feet
❑B Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is between 1 and 2 feet
®C Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is less than 1 foot

4 Sod Texture /Structure — assessment area condition metric
Check a box from each of the three soil property groups below Dig soil profile in the dominant assessment area landscape feature
Make soil observations within the top 12 inches Use most recent National Technical Committee for Hydric Soils guidance for regional
indicators
4a ®A Sandy soil
❑B Loamy or clayey soils exhibiting redoximorphic features (concentrations, depletions, or rhizospheres)
❑C Loamy or clayey soils not exhibiting redoximorphic features
❑D Loamy or clayey gleyed soil
❑E Histosol or histic epipedon
4b ®A Soil ribbon < 1 inch
❑B Soil ribbon ? 1 inch
4c ®A No peat or muck presence
❑B A peat or muck presence
Discharge into Wetland — opportunity metric
Check a box in each column Consider surface pollutants or discharges (Surf) and sub - surface pollutants or discharges (Sub)
Examples of sub - surface discharges include presence of nearby septic tank, underground storage tank (UST), etc
Surf Sub
®A ®A Little or no evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the assessment area
❑B ❑B Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the wetland and stressing, but not overwhelming the
treatment capacity of the assessment area
❑C ❑C Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges (pathogen, particulate, or soluble) entering the assessment area and
potentially overwhelming the treatment capacity of the wetland (water discoloration, dead vegetation, excessive
sedimentation, odor)
Land Use — opportunity metric
Check all that apply (at least one box in each column) Evaluation involves a GIS effort with field adjustment Consider sources
draining to assessment area within entire upstream watershed (WS), within 5 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment
area (5M), and within 2 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (2M)
WS 5M 2M
❑A ❑A ❑A > 10% impervious surfaces
❑B ❑B ❑B < 10% impervious surfaces
❑C ❑C ❑C Confined animal operations (or other local, concentrated source of pollutants
❑D ❑D ❑D ? 20% coverage of pasture
❑E ❑E ❑E ? 20% coverage of agricultural land (regularly plowed land)
❑F ❑F ❑F ? 20% coverage of maintained grass /herb
❑G ❑G ❑G ? 20% coverage of clear -cut land
®H ®H ®H Little or no opportunity to improve water quality Lack of opportunity may result from hydrologic alterations
that prevent drainage or overbank flow from affecting the assessment area
Wetland Acting as Vegetated Buffer — assessment area /wetland complex condition metric
7a Is assessment area within 50 feet of a tributary or other open water?
❑Yes ®No If Yes, continue to 7b If No, skip to Metric 8
Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the water body Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland
Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbed
7b How much of the first 50 feet from the bank is wetland? Descriptor E should be selected if ditches effectively bypass the buffer
❑A ? 50 feet
❑B From 30 to < 50 feet
❑C From 15 to < 30 feet
❑D From 5 to < 15 feet
❑E < 5 feet or buffer bypassed by ditches
7c Tributary width If the tributary is anastomosed, combine widths of channels /braids for a total width
❑ <_ 15 -feet wide ❑> 15 -feet wide ❑ Other open water (no tributary present)
7d Do roots of assessment area vegetation extend into the bank of the tributary/open water?
❑Yes ❑No
7e Is stream or other open water sheltered or exposed?
❑Sheltered — adjacent open water with width < 2500 feet and no regular boat traffic
❑Exposed — adjacent open water with width ? 2500 feet or regular boat traffic
Wetland Width at the Assessment Area — wetland type /wetland complex condition metric (evaluate for riparian wetlands only)
Check a box in each column for rrverme wetlands only Select the average width for the wetland type at the assessment area (WT)
and the wetland complex at the assessment area (WC) See User Manual for WT and WC boundaries
WT WC
®A ®A ? 100 feet
❑B ❑B From 80 to < 100 feet
❑C ❑C From 50 to < 80 feet
❑D ❑D From 40 to < 50 feet
❑E n From 30 to < 40 feet
❑F F From 15 to < 30 feet
❑G ❑G From 5 to < 15 feet
❑H n < 5 feet

9
Inundation Duration — assessment area condition metric
? 500 acres
Answer for assessment area dominant landform
❑B
❑A
Evidence of short- duration inundation (< 7 consecutive days)
❑C
®B
Evidence of saturation, without evidence of inundation
❑D
❑C
Evidence of long- duration inundation or very long- duration inundation (7 to 30 consecutive days or more)
10
Indicators
of Deposition — assessment area condition metric
❑F
Consider
recent deposition only (no plant growth since deposition)
®A
Sediment deposition is not excessive, but at approximately natural levels
❑B
Sediment deposition is excessive, but not overwhelming the wetland
❑C
Sediment deposition is excessive and is overwhelming the wetland
11
Wetland Size — wetland type /wetland complex condition metric
Check a box in each column Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment This metric evaluates three aspects of the wetland area the
size of the wetland type (WT), the size of the wetland complex (WC), and the size of the forested wetland (FW) (if applicable, see User
Manual) Seethe User Manual for boundaries of these evaluation areas If assessment area is clear -cut, select "K° for the FW column
WT
WC FW (if applicable)
❑A
❑A ❑A ? 500 acres
❑B
❑B ❑B From 100 to < 500 acres
❑C
❑C ❑C From 50 to < 100 acres
❑D
❑D ❑D From 25 to < 50 acres
❑E
❑E ❑E From 10 to < 25 acres
❑F
❑F ❑F From 5 to < 10 acres
®G
®G ®G From 1 to < 5 acres
❑H
❑H R From 0 5 to < 1 acre
❑I
❑I ❑I From 0 1 to < 0 5 acre
❑J
❑J ❑J From 0 01 to < 0 1 acre
❑K
❑K R < 0 01 acre or assessment area is clear -cut
12
Wetland Intactness — wetland type condition metric (evaluate for Pocosins only)
❑A
Pocosin is the full extent (? 90 %) of its natural landscape size
❑B
Pocosin type is < 90% of the full extent of its natural landscape size
13
Connectivity to Other Natural Areas — landscape condition metric
13a
Check appropriate box(es) (a box may be checked in each column) Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment This metric
evaluates whether the wetland is well connected (Well) and /or loosely connected (Loosely) to the landscape patch, the contiguous
naturally vegetated area and open water (if appropriate) Boundaries are formed by four -lane roads, regularly maintained utility line
corridors the width of a four -lane road or wider, urban landscapes, maintained fields (pasture and agriculture), or open water > 300
feet wide
Well Loosely
®A
❑A
? 500 acres
❑B
❑B
From 100 to < 500 acres
❑C
❑C
From 50 to < 100 acres
❑D
❑D
From 10 to < 50 acres
❑E
❑E
< 10 acres
❑F
❑F
Wetland type has a poor or no connection to other natural habitats
13b Evaluate for marshes only
❑Yes []No Wetland type has a surface hydrology connection to open waters /stream or tidal wetlands
14 Edge Effect — wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes)
May involve a GIS effort with field adjustment Estimate distance from wetland type boundary to artificial edges Artificial edges include
non - forested areas >— 40 feet wide such as fields, development, roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors, and clear -cuts Consider
the eight main points of the compass
®A No artificial edge within 150 feet in all directions
❑B No artificial edge within 150 feet in four (4) to seven (7) directions
❑C An artificial edge occurs within 150 feet in more than four (4) directions or assessment area is clear -cut
15 Vegetative Composition — assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes and Pine Flat)
❑A Vegetation is close to reference condition in species present and their proportions Lower strata composed of appropriate
species, with exotic plants absent or sparse within the assessment area
❑B Vegetation is different from reference condition in species diversity or proportions, but still largely composed of native species
characteristic of the wetland type This may include communities of weedy native species that develop after clearcutting or
clearing It also includes communities with exotics present, but not dominant, over a large portion of the expected strata
❑C
Vegetation severely altered from reference in composition Expected species are unnaturally absent (planted stands of non - characteristic
species or at least one stratum inappropriately composed of a single species) Exotic species are dominant in at least one
stratum
16 Vegetative Diversity — assessment area condition metric (evaluate for Non -tidal Freshwater Marsh only)
❑A Vegetation diversity is high and is composed primarily of native species (< 10% cover of exotics)
❑B Vegetation diversity is low or has > 10% to 50% cover of exotics
❑C Vegetation is dominated by exotic species (> 50 % cover of exotics)
e
r

17 Vegetative Structure —assessment area /wetland type condition metric
17a Is vegetation present?
®Yes ❑No If Yes, continue to 17b If No, skip to Metric 18
17b Evaluate percent coverage of assessment area vegetation for all marshes only Skip to 17c for non -marsh wetlands
❑A ? 25 % coverage of vegetation
❑B < 25% coverage of vegetation
17c Check a box in each column for each stratum Evaluate this portion of the metric for non -marsh wetlands Consider
structure in airspace above the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT) separately
AA WT
o®A ®A Canopy closed, or nearly closed, with natural gaps associated with natural processes
❑B ❑B Canopy present, but opened more than natural gaps
C) ❑C ❑C Canopy sparse or absent
o ®A ®A Dense mid- story/sapling layer
❑B ❑B Moderate density mid- story/sapling layer
❑C ❑C Mid- story/sapling layer sparse or absent
®A ®A Dense shrub layer
r ❑B ❑B Moderate density shrub layer
❑C ❑C Shrub layer sparse or absent
fl ❑A ❑A Dense herb layer
3: ®B ®B Moderate density herb layer
❑C ❑C Herb layer sparse or absent
18 Snags — wetland type condition metric
❑A Large snags (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches DBH, or large relative to species present and landscape stability)
®B Not
19 Diameter Class Distribution — wetland type condition metric
®A Majority of canopy trees have stems > 6 inches in diameter at breast height (DBH), many large trees (> 12 inches DBH) are
present
❑B Majority of canopy trees have stems between 6 and 12 inches DBH, few are > 12 inch DBH
❑C Majority of canopy trees are < 6 inches DBH or no trees
20 Large Woody Debris — wetland type condition metric
Include both natural debris and man - placed natural debris
®A Large logs (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches in diameter, or large relative to species present and landscape stability)
❑B Not
21 Vegetation /Open Water Dispersion — wetland type /open water condition metric (evaluate for Non -Tidal Freshwater Marsh only)
Select the figure that best describes the amount of interspersion between vegetation and open water in the growing season Patterned
areas indicate vegetated areas, while solid white areas indicate open water
❑A ❑B ❑C ❑D
it'll ZIN
22 Hydrologic Connectivity — assessment area condition metric (evaluate for riparian wetlands only)
Examples of activities that may severely alter hydrologic connectivity include intensive ditching, fill, sedimentation, channelization,
diversion, man -made berms, beaver dams, and stream incision
❑A Overbank and overland flow are not severely altered in the assessment area
❑B Overbank flow is severely altered in the assessment area
❑C Overland flow is severely altered in the assessment area
❑D Both overbank and overland flow are severely altered in the assessment area
Notes
This form covers all Pine Flat Enhancement areas on the tract Wetland size is an average These areas have surface and sub - surface
hydrology reduced by the drainage effect of ditches > 1 foot deep

NC WAM Wetland - Rating Sheet
Accompanies User Manual Version 4 1
Rating Calculator Version 4.1
Wetland Site Name EFS - Pine Flat - Enhancement Date of Assessment 9/7/11
Wetland Type Pine Flat
Corey Novak /
Assessor Name /Organization LMG
Notes on Field Assessment Form (Y /N)
YES
Presence of regulatory considerations (Y /N)
NO
Wetland is intensively managed (Y /N)
NO
Assessment area is located within 50 feet of a natural tributary or other open water (Y /N)
NO
Assessment area is substantially altered by beaver (Y /N)
NO
Assessment area experiences overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions (Y /N)
NO
Assessment area is on a coastal island (Y /N)
NO
Sub - function Ratina Summa
Function
Sub - function
Metrics
Rating
Hydrology
Surface Storage and Retention
Condition
MEDIUM
LOW
Sub - surface Storage and Retention
Condition
MEDIUM
Water Quality
Pathogen Change
Condition
NA
Condition
HIGH
Condition /Opportunity
NA
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NA
Particulate Change
Condition
NA
Condition /Opportunity
NA
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NA
Soluble Change
Condition
NA
Condition /Opportunity
NA
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NA
Physical Change
Condition
NA
Condition /Opportunity
NA
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NA
Pollution Change
Condition
LOW
Condition /Opportunity
LOW
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NO
Habitat
Physical Structure
Condition
HIGH
Landscape Patch Structure
Condition
HIGH
Vegetation Composition
Condition
NA
Function Rating Summa
Function
Metrics
Rating
Hydrology
Condition
MEDIUM
Water Quality
Condition
LOW
Condition /Opportunity
LOW
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NO
Habitat
Condition
HIGH
Overall Wetland Rating MEDIUM

NC WAM FIELD ASSESSMENT FORM
Accompanies User Manual Version 4 1
Katinq caicuiator version 4
Wetland Site Name
EFS - Pine Flat - Preservation
Date
9/7/11
Wetland Type
Pine Flat
Assessor Name /Organization
Corey Novak / LMG
Level III Ecoregion
Middle Atlantic Coastal Plain
Nearest Named Water Body
NE Cape Fear River
River Basin
Cape Fear
USGS 8 -Digit Catalogue Unit
03030007
❑ Yes ® No
Precipitation within 48 hrs?
Latitude /Longitude deci -de rees
34 468640 / -77 808211
Evidence of stressors affecting the assessment area (may not be within the assessment area)
Please circle and /or make note on the last page if evidence of stressors is apparent Consider departure from reference, if appropriate, in
recent past (for instance, within 10 years) Noteworthy stressors include, but are not limited to the following
• Hydrological modifications (examples ditches, dams, beaver dams, dikes, berms, ponds, etc)
• Surface and sub - surface discharges into the wetland (examples discharges containing obvious pollutants, presence of nearby
septic tanks, underground storage tanks (USTs), hog lagoons, etc )
• Signs of vegetation stress (examples vegetation mortality, insect damage, disease, storm damage, salt intrusion, etc )
• Habitat/plant community alteration (examples mowing, clear - cutting, exotics, etc )
Is the assessment area intensively managed? ❑ Yes ® No
Regulatory Considerations (select all that apply to the assessment area )
❑ Anadromous fish
❑ Federally protected species or State endangered or threatened species
❑ NCDWQ riparian buffer rule in effect
❑ Abuts a Primary Nursery Area (PNA)
❑ Publicly owned property
❑ N C Division of Coastal Management Area of Environmental Concern (AEC) (including buffer)
❑ Abuts a stream with a NCDWQ classification of SA or supplemental classifications of HQW, ORW, or Trout
❑ Designated NCNHP reference community
❑ Abuts a 303(d)- listed stream or a tributary to a 303(d)- listed stream
What type of natural stream is associated with the wetland, if any (check all that apply)
❑ Blackwater
❑ Brownwater
❑ Tidal (if tidal, check one of the following boxes) ❑ Lunar ❑ Wind ❑ Both
Is the assessment area on a coastal island? ❑ Yes ® No
Is the assessment area's surface water storage capacity or duration substantially altered by beaver? ❑ Yes ® No
Does the assessment area experience overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions? ❑ Yes ® No
Ground Surface Condition/Vegetation Condition — assessment area condition metric
Check a box in each column Consider alteration to the ground surface (GS) in the assessment area and vegetation structure (VS) in
the assessment area Compare to reference wetland if applicable (see User Manual) If a reference is not applicable, then rate the
assessment area based on evidence an effect
GS VS
®A ®A Not severely altered
❑B ❑B Severely altered over a majority of the assessment area (ground surface alteration examples vehicle tracks, excessive
sedimentation, fire -plow lanes, skidder tracks, bedding, fill, sod compaction, obvious pollutants) (vegetation structure
alteration examples mechanical disturbance, herbicides, salt intrusion [where appropriate], exotic species, grazing,
less diversity [if appropriate], hydrologic alteration)
Surface and Sub - Surface Storage Capacity and Duration — assessment area condition metric
Check a box in each column Consider surface storage capacity and duration (Surf) and sub - surface storage capacity and duration
(Sub) Consider both increase and decrease in hydrology Refer to the current NRCS lateral effect of ditching guidance for North Carolina
hydric soils (see USACE Wilmington District website) for the zone of influence of ditches in hydnc sods A ditch <_ 1 foot deep is considered
to affect surface water only, while a ditch > 1 foot deep is expected to affect both surface and sub - surface water Consider tidal flooding
regime, if applicable
Surf Sub
®A ®A Water storage capacity and duration are not altered
❑B ❑B Water storage capacity or duration are altered, but not substantially (typically, not sufficient to change vegetation)
❑C ❑C Water storage capacity or duration are substantially altered (typically, alteration sufficient to result in vegetation
change) (examples draining, flooding, sod compaction, filling, excessive sedimentation, underground utility lines)
Water Storage /Surface Relief — assessment area/wetland type condition metric (answer for non -marsh wetlands only)
Check a box in each column Select the appropriate storage for the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT)
AA WT
3a ❑A ❑A Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water > 1 deep
❑B ❑B Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 6 inches to 1 foot deep
❑C ❑C Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 3 to 6 inches deep
®D ®D Depressions able to pond water < 3 inches deep
3b ❑A Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is greater than 2 feet
❑B Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is between 1 and 2 feet
®C Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is less than 1 foot

Soil Texture /Structure — assessment area condition metric
Check a box from each of the three sod property groups below Dig soil profile in the dominant assessment area landscape feature
Make soil observations within the top 12 inches Use most recent National Technical Committee for Hydnc Soils guidance for regional
indicators
4a ®A Sandy sod
❑B Loamy or clayey sods exhibiting redoximorphic features (concentrations, depletions, or rhizospheres)
❑C Loamy or clayey soils not exhibiting redoximorphic features
❑D Loamy or clayey gleyed sod
❑E Histosol or histic epipedon
4b ®A Sod ribbon < 1 inch
❑B Sod ribbon >_ 1 inch
4c ®A No peat or muck presence
❑B A peat or muck presence
Discharge into Wetland — opportunity metric
Check a box in each column Consider surface pollutants or discharges (Surf) and sub - surface pollutants or discharges (Sub)
Examples of sub - surface discharges include presence of nearby septic tank, underground storage tank (UST), etc
Surf Sub
®A ®A Little or no evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the assessment area
❑B n Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the wetland and stressing, but not overwhelming the
treatment capacity of the assessment area
El ❑C Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges (pathogen, particulate, or soluble) entering the assessment area and
potentially overwhelming the treatment capacity of the wetland (water discoloration, dead vegetation, excessive
sedimentation, odor)
Land Use — opportunity metric
Check all that apply (at least one box in each column) Evaluation involves a GIS effort with field adjustment Consider sources
draining to assessment area within entire upstream watershed (WS), within 5 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment
area (5M), and within 2 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (2M)
WS 5M 2M
❑A ❑A ❑A > 10% impervious surfaces
❑B ❑B ❑B < 10% impervious surfaces
❑C 0 ❑C Confined animal operations (or other local, concentrated source of pollutants
❑D ❑D ❑D ? 20% coverage of pasture
❑E ❑E ❑E >_ 20% coverage of agricultural land (regularly plowed land)
❑F ❑F n >_ 20% coverage of maintained grass /herb
❑G ❑G ❑G ? 20% coverage of clear -cut land
®H ®H ®H Little or no opportunity to improve water quality Lack of opportunity may result from hydrologic alterations
that prevent drainage or overbank flow from affecting the assessment area
Wetland Acting as Vegetated Buffer — assessment area /wetland complex condition metric
7a Is assessment area within 50 feet of a tributary or other open water?
❑Yes ®No If Yes, continue to 7b If No, skip to Metric 8
Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the water body Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland
Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbed
7b How much of the first 50 feet from the bank is wetland? Descriptor E should be selected if ditches effectively bypass the buffer
❑A ? 50 feet
❑B From 30 to < 50 feet
❑C From 15 to < 30 feet
❑D From 5 to < 15 feet
❑E < 5 feet or buffer bypassed by ditches
7c Tributary width If the tributary is anastomosed, combine widths of channels /braids for a total width
❑<_ 15 -feet wide ❑> 15 -feet wide ❑ Other open water (no tributary present)
7d Do roots of assessment area vegetation extend into the bank of the tributary/open water?
❑Yes ❑No
7e Is stream or other open water sheltered or exposed?
❑Sheltered — adjacent open water with width < 2500 feet and no regular boat traffic
❑Exposed — adjacent open water with width ? 2500 feet or regular boat traffic
Wetland Width at the Assessment Area — wetland type /wetland complex condition metric (evaluate for riparian wetlands only)
Check a box in each column for nverine wetlands only Select the average width for the wetland type at the assessment area (WT)
and the wetland complex at the assessment area (WC) See User Manual for WT and WC boundaries
WT WC
®A ®A >_ 100 feet
❑B R From 80 to < 100 feet
❑C ❑C From 50 to < 80 feet
El n From 40 to < 50 feet
❑E ❑E From 30 to < 40 feet
❑F ❑F From 15 to < 30 feet
El ❑G From 5 to < 15 feet
❑H n < 5 feet

9
Inundation Duration — assessment area condition metric
? 500 acres
Answer
for assessment area dominant landform
From 100 to < 500 acres
❑A
Evidence of short- duration inundation (< 7 consecutive days)
From 50 to < 100 acres
®B
Evidence of saturation, without evidence of inundation
From 10 to < 50 acres
❑C
Evidence of long- duration inundation or very long- duration inundation (7 to 30 consecutive days or more)
10
Indicators of Deposition — assessment area condition metric
❑F ,
Consider
recent deposition only (no plant growth since deposition)
®A
Sediment deposition is not excessive, but at approximately natural levels
❑B
Sediment deposition is excessive, but not overwhelming the wetland
❑C
Sediment deposition is excessive and is overwhelming the wetland
11
Wetland Size — wetland type /wetland complex condition metric
Check
a box in each column Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment This metric evaluates three aspects of the wetland area the
size of the wetland type (WT), the size of the wetland complex (WC), and the size of the forested wetland (FW) (if applicable, see User
Manual) See the User Manual for boundaries of these evaluation areas If assessment area is clear -cut, select "K" for the FW column
WT
WC FW (if applicable)
❑A
❑A ❑A ? 500 acres
❑B
❑B ❑B From 100 to < 500 acres
❑C
❑C ❑C From 50 to < 100 acres
❑D
❑D ❑D From 25 to < 50 acres
❑E
❑E ❑E From 10 to < 25 acres
❑F
❑F ❑F From 5 to < 10 acres
®G
®G ®G From 1 to < 5 acres
❑H
❑H ❑H From 0 5 to < 1 acre
❑I
❑I ❑I From 0 1 to < 0 5 acre
❑J
❑J ❑J From 0 01 to < 0 1 acre
❑K
❑K ❑K < 0 01 acre or assessment area is clear -cut
12
Wetland Intactness — wetland type condition metric (evaluate for Pocosins only)
❑A
Pocosin is the full extent (a 90 %) of its natural landscape size
❑B
Pocosin type is < 90% of the full extent of its natural landscape size
13
Connectivity to Other Natural Areas — landscape condition metric
13a
Check appropriate box(es) (a box may be checked in each column) Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment This metric
evaluates whether the wetland is well connected (Well) and /or loosely connected (Loosely) to the landscape patch, the contiguous
naturally vegetated area and open water (if appropriate) Boundaries are formed by four -lane roads, regularly maintained utility line
corridors the width of a four -lane road or wider, urban landscapes, maintained fields (pasture and agriculture), or open water > 300
feet wide
Well Loosely
®A
❑A
? 500 acres
❑B
❑B
From 100 to < 500 acres
❑C
❑C
From 50 to < 100 acres
❑D
❑D
From 10 to < 50 acres
❑E
❑E
< 10 acres
❑F
❑F ,
Wetland type has a poor or no connection to other natural habitats
13b Evaluate for marshes only
❑Yes ❑No Wetland type has a surface hydrology connection to open waters /stream or tidal wetlands
14 Edge Effect — wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes)
May involve a GIS effort with field adjustment Estimate distance from wetland type boundary to artificial edges Artificial edges include
non - forested areas ? 40 feet wide such as fields, development, roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors, and clear -cuts Consider
the eight main points of the compass
®A No artificial edge within 150 feet in all directions
❑B No artificial edge within 150 feet in four (4) to seven (7) directions
❑C An artificial edge occurs within 150 feet in more than four (4) directions or assessment area is clear -cut
15 Vegetative Composition — assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes and Pine Flat)
❑A Vegetation is close to reference condition in species present and their proportions Lower strata composed of appropriate
species, with exotic plants absent or sparse within the assessment area
El Vegetation is different from reference condition in species diversity or proportions, but still largely composed of native species
characteristic of the wetland type This may include communities of weedy native species that develop after clearcutting or
clearing It also includes communities with exotics present, but not dominant, over a large portion of the expected strata
❑C
Vegetation severely altered from reference in composition Expected species are unnaturally absent (planted stands of non - characteristic
species or at least one stratum inappropriately composed of a single species) Exotic species are dominant in at least one
stratum
16 Vegetative Diversity — assessment area condition metric (evaluate for Non -tidal Freshwater Marsh only)
❑A Vegetation diversity is high and is composed primarily of native species (< 10% cover of exotics)
❑B Vegetation diversity is low or has > 10% to 50% cover of exotics
❑C Vegetation is dominated by exotic species (> 50 % cover of exotics)

17 Vegetative Structure — assessment area /wetland type condition metric
17a Is vegetation present?
®Yes ❑No If Yes, continue to 17b If No, skip to Metric 18
17b Evaluate percent coverage of assessment area vegetation for all marshes only Skip to 17c for non -marsh wetlands
❑A >_ 25% coverage of vegetation
El < 25% coverage of vegetation
17c Check a box in each column for each stratum Evaluate this portion of the metric for non -marsh wetlands Consider
structure in airspace above the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT) separately
AA WT
o®A ®A Canopy closed, or nearly closed, with natural gaps associated with natural processes
M ❑B E]13 Canopy present, but opened more than natural gaps
0 ❑C ❑C Canopy sparse or absent
g ®A ®A Dense mid- story/sapling layer
R ❑B Moderate density mid- story/sapling layer
❑C ❑C Mid- story/sapling layer sparse or absent
®A ®A Dense shrub layer
r ❑B ❑B Moderate density shrub layer
U) ❑C ❑C Shrub layer sparse or absent
❑A ❑A Dense herb layer
_ ®B ®B Moderate density herb layer
❑C ❑C Herb layer sparse or absent
18 Snags — wetland type condition metric
❑A Large snags (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches DBH, or large relative to species present and landscape stability)
®B Not A
19 Diameter Class Distribution — wetland type condition metric
®A Majority of canopy trees have stems > 6 inches in diameter at breast height (DBH), many large trees (> 12 inches DBH) are
present
❑B Majority of canopy trees have stems between 6 and 12 inches DBH, few are > 12 inch DBH
❑C Majority of canopy trees are < 6 inches DBH or no trees
20 Large Woody Debris — wetland type condition metric
Include both natural debris and man - placed natural debris
®A Large logs (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches in diameter, or large relative to species present and landscape stability)
❑B Not A
21 Vegetation /Open Water Dispersion — wetland type /open water condition metric (evaluate for Non -Tidal Freshwater Marsh only)
Select the figure that best describes the amount of interspersion between vegetation and open water in the growing season Patterned
areas indicate vegetated areas, while solid white areas indicate open water
❑A ❑B ❑C ❑D
22 Hydrologic Connectivity — assessment area condition metric (evaluate for riparian wetlands only)
Examples of activities that may severely alter hydrologic connectivity include intensive ditching, fill, sedimentation, channelization,
diversion, man -made berms, beaver dams, and stream incision
❑A Overbank and overland flow are not severely altered in the assessment area
❑B Overbank flow is severely altered in the assessment area
❑C Overland flow is severely altered in the assessment area
❑D Both overbank and overland flow are severely altered in the assessment area
Notes
This form covers all Pine Flat Preservation areas on the tract Wetland size is an average These areas are not considered to be affected by
drainage from ditches

NC WAM Wetland Rating Sheet
Accompanies User Manual Version 4.1
Rating Calculator Version 4 1
Wetland Site Name EFS - Pine Flat - Preservation Date of Assessment 917/11
Corey Novak /
Wetland Type Pine Flat Assessor Name /Organization LMG
Notes on Field Assessment Form (Y /N)
YES
Presence of regulatory considerations (Y /N)
NO
Wetland is intensively managed (Y /N)
NO
Assessment area is located within 50 feet of a natural tributary or other open water (Y /N)
NO
Assessment area is substantially altered by beaver (Y /N)
NO
Assessment area experiences overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions (Y /N)
NO
Assessment area is on a coastal island (Y /N)
NO
Sub - function Ratinq Summa
Function
Sub - function
Metrics
Rating
Hydrology
Surface Storage and Retention
Condition
MEDIUM
MEDIUM
Sub - surface Storage and Retention
Condition
MEDIUM
Water Quality
Pathogen Change
Condition
NA
Condition
HIGH
Condition /Opportunity
NA
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NA
Particulate Change
Condition
NA
Condition /Opportunity
NA
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NA
Soluble Change
Condition
NA
Condition /Opportunity
NA
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NA
Physical Change
Condition
NA
Condition /Opportunity
NA
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NA
Pollution Change
Condition
MEDIUM
Condition /Opportunity
MEDIUM
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NO
Habitat
Physical Structure
Condition
HIGH
Landscape Patch Structure
Condition
HIGH
Vegetation Composition
Condition
NA
Function Ratina Summa
Function
Metrics
Rating
Hydrology
Condition
MEDIUM
Water Quality
Condition
MEDIUM
Condition /Opportunity
MEDIUM
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NO
Habitat
Condition
HIGH
Overall Wetland Rating MEDIUM

NC WAM FIELD ASSESSMENT FORM
Accompanies User Manual Version 4 1
Evidence of stressors affecting the assessment area (may not be within the assessment area)
Please circle and /or make note on the last page if evidence of stressors is apparent Consider departure from reference, if appropriate, in
recent past (for instance, within 10 years) Noteworthy stressors include, but are not limited to the following
• Hydrological modifications (examples ditches, dams, beaver dams, dikes, berms, ponds, etc)
• Surface and sub - surface discharges into the wetland (examples discharges containing obvious pollutants, presence of nearby
septic tanks, underground storage tanks (USTs), hog lagoons, etc )
• Signs of vegetation stress (examples vegetation mortality, insect damage, disease, storm damage, salt intrusion, etc )
• Habitat/plant community alteration (examples mowing, clear - cutting, exotics, etc )
Is the assessment area intensively managed? ❑ Yes ® No
Regulatory Considerations (select all that apply to the assessment area )
❑ Anadromous fish
❑ Federally protected species or State endangered or threatened species
❑ NCDWQ riparian buffer rule in effect
❑ Abuts a Primary Nursery Area (PNA)
❑ Publicly owned property
❑ N C Division of Coastal Management Area of Environmental Concern (AEC) (including buffer)
❑ Abuts a stream with a NCDWQ classification of SA or supplemental classifications of HQW, ORW, or Trout
❑ Designated NCNHP reference community
❑ Abuts a 303(d)- listed stream or a tributary to a 303(d)- listed stream
What type of natural stream is associated with the wetland, if any? (check all that apply)
❑ Blackwater
❑ Brownwater
❑ Tidal (if tidal, check one of the following boxes) ❑ Lunar ❑ Wind ❑ Both
Is the assessment area on a coastal island? ❑ Yes ® No
Is the assessment area's surface water storage capacity or duration substantially altered by beaver? ❑ Yes ® No
Does the assessment area experience overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions? ❑ Yes ® No
Ground Surface Condition/Vegetation Condition — assessment area condition metric
Check a box in each column Consider alteration to the ground surface (GS) in the assessment area and vegetation structure (VS) in
the assessment area Compare to reference wetland if applicable (see User Manual) If a reference is not applicable, then rate the
assessment area based on evidence an effect
GS VS
®A ®A Not severely altered
❑B ❑B Severely altered over a majority of the assessment area (ground surface alteration examples vehicle tracks, excessive
sedimentation, fire -plow lanes, skidder tracks, bedding, fill, sod compaction, obvious pollutants) (vegetation structure
alteration examples mechanical disturbance, herbicides, salt intrusion [where appropriate], exotic species, grazing,
less diversity [if appropriate], hydrologic alteration)
Surface and Sub - Surface Storage Capacity and Duration — assessment area condition metric
Check a box in each column Consider surface storage capacity and duration (Surf) and sub - surface storage capacity and duration
(Sub) Consider both increase and decrease in hydrology Refer to the current NRCS lateral effect of ditching guidance for North Carolina
hydnc sods (see USACE Wilmington District website) for the zone of influence of ditches in hydric soils A ditch s 1 foot deep is considered
to affect surface water only, while a ditch > 1 foot deep is expected to affect both surface and sub - surface water Consider tidal flooding
regime, if applicable
Surf Sub
❑A ❑A Water storage capacity and duration are not altered
®B ®B Water storage capacity or duration are altered, but not substantially (typically, not sufficient to change vegetation)
❑C ❑C Water storage capacity or duration are substantially altered (typically, alteration sufficient to result in vegetation
change) (examples draining, flooding, soil compaction, filling, excessive sedimentation, underground utility lines)
Water Storage /Surface Relief — assessment area/wetland type condition metric (answer for non -marsh wetlands only)
Check a box in each column Select the appropriate storage for the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT)
AA WT
3a ❑A ❑A Majonty of wetland with depressions able to pond water > 1 deep
❑B ❑B Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 6 inches to 1 foot deep
❑C ❑C Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 3 to 6 inches deep
®D ®D Depressions able to pond water < 3 inches deep
3b ❑A Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is greater than 2 feet
❑B Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is between 1 and 2 feet
®C Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is less than 1 foot
Kating Gaicuiator Version 4 l
Wetland Site Name
EFS - Pocosin - Enhancement
Date
9/7/11
Wetland Type
Pocosm
Assessor Name /Organization
Corey Novak / LMG
Level III Ecoregion
Middle Atlantic Coastal Plain
Nearest Named Water Body
NE Cape Fear River
River Basin
Cape Fear
USGS 8 -Digit Catalogue Unit
03030007
I l Yes M No
Precipitation within 48 hrs?
Latitude /Longitude (deci- degrees)
34 468640 / -77 808211
Evidence of stressors affecting the assessment area (may not be within the assessment area)
Please circle and /or make note on the last page if evidence of stressors is apparent Consider departure from reference, if appropriate, in
recent past (for instance, within 10 years) Noteworthy stressors include, but are not limited to the following
• Hydrological modifications (examples ditches, dams, beaver dams, dikes, berms, ponds, etc)
• Surface and sub - surface discharges into the wetland (examples discharges containing obvious pollutants, presence of nearby
septic tanks, underground storage tanks (USTs), hog lagoons, etc )
• Signs of vegetation stress (examples vegetation mortality, insect damage, disease, storm damage, salt intrusion, etc )
• Habitat/plant community alteration (examples mowing, clear - cutting, exotics, etc )
Is the assessment area intensively managed? ❑ Yes ® No
Regulatory Considerations (select all that apply to the assessment area )
❑ Anadromous fish
❑ Federally protected species or State endangered or threatened species
❑ NCDWQ riparian buffer rule in effect
❑ Abuts a Primary Nursery Area (PNA)
❑ Publicly owned property
❑ N C Division of Coastal Management Area of Environmental Concern (AEC) (including buffer)
❑ Abuts a stream with a NCDWQ classification of SA or supplemental classifications of HQW, ORW, or Trout
❑ Designated NCNHP reference community
❑ Abuts a 303(d)- listed stream or a tributary to a 303(d)- listed stream
What type of natural stream is associated with the wetland, if any? (check all that apply)
❑ Blackwater
❑ Brownwater
❑ Tidal (if tidal, check one of the following boxes) ❑ Lunar ❑ Wind ❑ Both
Is the assessment area on a coastal island? ❑ Yes ® No
Is the assessment area's surface water storage capacity or duration substantially altered by beaver? ❑ Yes ® No
Does the assessment area experience overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions? ❑ Yes ® No
Ground Surface Condition/Vegetation Condition — assessment area condition metric
Check a box in each column Consider alteration to the ground surface (GS) in the assessment area and vegetation structure (VS) in
the assessment area Compare to reference wetland if applicable (see User Manual) If a reference is not applicable, then rate the
assessment area based on evidence an effect
GS VS
®A ®A Not severely altered
❑B ❑B Severely altered over a majority of the assessment area (ground surface alteration examples vehicle tracks, excessive
sedimentation, fire -plow lanes, skidder tracks, bedding, fill, sod compaction, obvious pollutants) (vegetation structure
alteration examples mechanical disturbance, herbicides, salt intrusion [where appropriate], exotic species, grazing,
less diversity [if appropriate], hydrologic alteration)
Surface and Sub - Surface Storage Capacity and Duration — assessment area condition metric
Check a box in each column Consider surface storage capacity and duration (Surf) and sub - surface storage capacity and duration
(Sub) Consider both increase and decrease in hydrology Refer to the current NRCS lateral effect of ditching guidance for North Carolina
hydnc sods (see USACE Wilmington District website) for the zone of influence of ditches in hydric soils A ditch s 1 foot deep is considered
to affect surface water only, while a ditch > 1 foot deep is expected to affect both surface and sub - surface water Consider tidal flooding
regime, if applicable
Surf Sub
❑A ❑A Water storage capacity and duration are not altered
®B ®B Water storage capacity or duration are altered, but not substantially (typically, not sufficient to change vegetation)
❑C ❑C Water storage capacity or duration are substantially altered (typically, alteration sufficient to result in vegetation
change) (examples draining, flooding, soil compaction, filling, excessive sedimentation, underground utility lines)
Water Storage /Surface Relief — assessment area/wetland type condition metric (answer for non -marsh wetlands only)
Check a box in each column Select the appropriate storage for the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT)
AA WT
3a ❑A ❑A Majonty of wetland with depressions able to pond water > 1 deep
❑B ❑B Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 6 inches to 1 foot deep
❑C ❑C Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 3 to 6 inches deep
®D ®D Depressions able to pond water < 3 inches deep
3b ❑A Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is greater than 2 feet
❑B Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is between 1 and 2 feet
®C Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is less than 1 foot

Sod Texture /Structure — assessment area condition metric
Check a box from each of the three sod property groups below Dig sod profile in the dominant assessment area landscape feature
Make sod observations within the top 12 inches Use most recent National Technical Committee for Hydnc Soils guidance for regional
indicators
4a ®A Sandy sod
❑B Loamy or clayey soils exhibiting redoximorphic features (concentrations, depletions, or rhizospheres)
❑C Loamy or clayey soils not exhibiting redoximorphic features
❑D Loamy or clayey gleyed sod
❑E Histosol or histic epipedon
4b ®A Soil ribbon < 1 inch
❑B Sod ribbon >— 1 inch
4c ❑A No peat or muck presence
®B A peat or muck presence
Discharge into Wetland — opportunity metric
Check a box in each column Consider surface pollutants or discharges (Surf) and sub - surface pollutants or discharges (Sub)
Examples of sub - surface discharges include presence of nearby septic tank, underground storage tank (UST), etc
Surf Sub
®A ®A Little or no evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the assessment area
❑B ❑B Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the wetland and stressing, but not overwhelming the
treatment capacity of the assessment area
El ❑C Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges (pathogen, particulate, or soluble) entering the assessment area and
potentially overwhelming the treatment capacity of the wetland (water discoloration, dead vegetation, excessive
sedimentation, odor)
Land Use — opportunity metric
Check all that apply (at least one box in each column) Evaluation involves a GIS effort with field adjustment Consider sources
draining to assessment area within entire upstream watershed (WS), within 5 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment
area (5M), and within 2 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (2M)
WS 5M 2M
❑A ❑A ❑A > 10% impervious surfaces
❑B ❑B ❑B < 10% impervious surfaces
❑C ❑C ❑C Confined animal operations (or other local, concentrated source of pollutants
❑D ❑D ❑D ? 20% coverage of pasture
❑E ❑E ❑E ? 20% coverage of agricultural land (regularly plowed land)
❑F ❑F n ? 20% coverage of maintained grass /herb
El ❑G El ? 20% coverage of clear -cut land
®H ®H ®H Little or no opportunity to improve water quality Lack of opportunity may result from hydrologic alterations
that prevent drainage or overbank flow from affecting the assessment area
Wetland Acting as Vegetated Buffer — assessment area /wetland complex condition metric
7a Is assessment area within 50 feet of a tributary or other open water?
❑Yes ®No If Yes, continue to 7b If No, skip to Metric 8
Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the water body Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland
Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbed
7b How much of the first 50 feet from the bank is wetland? Descriptor E should be selected if ditches effectively bypass the buffer
❑A >_ 50 feet
❑B From 30 to < 50 feet
❑C From 15 to < 30 feet
❑D From 5 to < 15 feet
❑E < 5 feet or buffer bypassed by ditches
7c Tributary width If the tributary is anastomosed, combine widths of channels /braids for a total width
❑ <— 15 -feet wide ❑> 15 -feet wide ❑ Other open water (no tributary present)
7d Do roots of assessment area vegetation extend into the bank of the tributary/open water?
❑Yes ❑No
7e Is stream or other open water sheltered or exposed?
❑Sheltered — adjacent open water with width < 2500 feet and no regular boat traffic
❑Exposed — adjacent open water with width ? 2500 feet or regular boat traffic
Wetland Width at the Assessment Area — wetland type /wetland complex condition metric (evaluate for riparian wetlands only)
Check a box in each column for rivenne wetlands only Select the average width for the wetland type at the assessment area (WT)
and the wetland complex at the assessment area (WC) See User Manual for WT and WC boundaries
WT WC
®A ®A ? 100 feet
❑B ❑B From 80 to < 100 feet
❑C ❑C From 50 to < 80 feet
❑D ❑D From 40 to < 50 feet
❑E ❑E From 30 to < 40 feet
❑F F From 15 to < 30 feet
El F From 5 to < 15 feet
❑H ❑H < 5 feet

9
Inundation Duration - assessment area condition metric
>_ 500 acres
Answer for assessment area dominant landform
❑B
❑A
Evidence of short- duration inundation (< 7 consecutive days)
❑C
®B
Evidence of saturation, without evidence of inundation
❑D
❑C
Evidence of long- duration inundation or very long- duration inundation (7 to 30 consecutive days or more)
10
Indicators
of Deposition - assessment area condition metric
❑F
Consider
recent deposition only (no plant growth since deposition)
®A
Sediment deposition is not excessive, but at approximately natural levels
❑B
Sediment deposition is excessive, but not overwhelming the wetland
❑C
Sediment deposition is excessive and is overwhelming the wetland
11
Wetland Size - wetland type /wetland complex condition metric
Check a box in each column Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment This metric evaluates three aspects of the wetland area the
size of the wetland type (WT), the size of the wetland complex (WC), and the size of the forested wetland (FW) (if applicable, see User
Manual) Seethe User Manual for boundaries of these evaluation areas If assessment area is clear -cut, select "K" for the FW column
WT
WC FW (if applicable)
❑A
❑A ❑A >_ 500 acres
❑B
❑B ❑B From 100 to < 500 acres
❑C
❑C ❑C From 50 to < 100 acres
❑D
❑D ❑D From 25 to < 50 acres
HE
HE HE From 10 to < 25 acres
❑F
❑F ❑F From 5 to < 10 acres -
❑G
❑G ❑G From 1 to < 5 acres
❑H
❑H ❑H From 0 5 to < 1 acre
❑I
❑I ❑1 From 0 1 to < 0 5 acre
❑J
❑J ❑J From 0 01 to < 0 1 acre
❑K
❑K ❑K < 0 01 acre or assessment area is clear -cut
12
Wetland Intactness - wetland type condition metric (evaluate for Pocosins only)
®A
Pocosm is the full extent (>- 90 %) of its natural landscape size
❑B
Pocosm type is < 90% of the full extent of its natural landscape size
13
Connectivity to Other Natural Areas - landscape condition metric
13a
Check appropriate box(es) (a box may be checked in each column) Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment This metric
evaluates whether the wetland is well connected (Well) and /or loosely connected (Loosely) to the landscape patch, the contiguous
naturally vegetated area and open water (if appropriate) Boundaries are formed by four -lane roads, regularly maintained utility line
corridors the width of a four -lane road or wider, urban landscapes, maintained fields (pasture and agriculture), or open water > 300
feet wide
Well Loosely
®A
❑A
>_ 500 acres
❑B
❑B
From 100 to < 500 acres
❑C
❑C
From 50 to < 100 acres
❑D
❑D
From 10 to < 50 acres
❑E
❑E
< 10 acres
❑F
❑F
Wetland type has a poor or no connection to other natural habitats
13b Evaluate for marshes only
❑Yes ❑No Wetland type has a surface hydrology connection to open waters /stream or tidal wetlands
14 Edge Effect - wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes)
May involve a GIS effort with field adjustment Estimate distance from wetland type boundary to artificial edges Artificial edges include
non - forested areas ? 40 feet wide such as fields, development, roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors, and clear -cuts Consider
the eight main points of the compass
❑A No artificial edge within 150 feet in all directions
®B No artificial edge within 150 feet in four (4) to seven (7) directions
❑C An artificial edge occurs within 150 feet in more than four (4) directions or assessment area is clear -cut
15 Vegetative Composition - assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes and Pine Flat)
®A Vegetation is close to reference condition in species present and their proportions Lower strata composed of appropriate
species, with exotic plants absent or sparse within the assessment area
❑B Vegetation is different from reference condition in species diversity or proportions, but still largely composed of native species
characteristic of the wetland type This may include communities of weedy native species that develop after clearcutting or
clearing It also includes communities with exotics present, but not dominant, over a large portion of the expected strata
❑C
Vegetation severely altered from reference in composition Expected species are unnaturally absent (planted stands of non - characteristic
species or at least one stratum inappropriately composed of a single species) Exotic species are dominant in at least one
stratum
16 Vegetative Diversity - assessment area condition metric (evaluate for Non -tidal Freshwater Marsh only)
®A Vegetation diversity is high and is composed primarily of native species (< 10% cover of exotics)
❑B Vegetation diversity is low or has > 10% to 50% cover of exotics
R Vegetation is dominated by exotic species (> 50 % cover of exotics)

17 Vegetative Structure — assessment area /wetland type condition metric
17a Is vegetation present?
®Yes ❑No If Yes, continue to 17b If No, skip to Metric 18
17b Evaluate percent coverage of assessment area vegetation for all marshes only Skip to 17c for non -marsh wetlands
❑A ? 25% coverage of vegetation
❑B < 25% coverage of vegetation
17c Check a box in each column for each stratum Evaluate this portion of the metric for non -marsh wetlands Consider
structure in airspace above the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT) separately
AA WT
o®A ®A Canopy closed, or nearly closed, with natural gaps associated with natural processes
cc: [:1B ❑B Canopy present, but opened more than natural gaps
0 ❑C ❑C Canopy sparse or absent
z
o ®A
®A
Dense mid- story/sapling layer
❑B
❑B
Moderate density mid- story/sapling layer
❑C
❑C
Mid- story/sapling layer sparse or absent
®A
®A
Dense shrub layer
i=- ❑B
❑B
Moderate density shrub layer
w ❑C
❑C
Shrub layer sparse or absent
a ❑A
❑A
Dense herb layer
_ ®B
®B
Moderate density herb layer
❑C
❑C
Herb layer sparse or absent
18 Snags — wetland type condition metric
❑A Large snags (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches DBH, or large relative to species present and landscape stability)
®B Not A
19 Diameter Class Distribution — wetland type condition metric
®A Majority of canopy trees have stems > 6 inches in diameter at breast height (DBH), many large trees (> 12 inches DBH) are
present
❑B Majority of canopy trees have stems between 6 and 12 inches DBH, few are > 12 inch DBH
❑C Majority of canopy trees are < 6 inches DBH or no trees
20 Large Woody Debris — wetland type condition metric
Include both natural debris and man - placed natural debris
®A Large logs (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches in diameter, or large relative to species present and landscape stability)
❑B Not
21 Vegetation /Open Water Dispersion —wetland type /open water condition metric (evaluate for Non -Tidal Freshwater Marsh only)
Select the figure that best describes the amount of interspersion between vegetation and open water in the growing season Patterned
areas indicate vegetated areas, while solid white areas indicate open water
❑A ❑B ❑C ❑D
rA
�
d \ s iat P, .A � rn"",M J�')
22 Hydrologic Connectivity — assessment area condition metric (evaluate for riparian wetlands only)
Examples of activities that may severely alter hydrologic connectivity include intensive ditching, fill, sedimentation, channelization,
diversion, man -made berms, beaver dams, and stream incision
❑A Overbank and overland flow are not severely altered in the assessment area
❑B Overbank flow is severely altered in the assessment area
❑C Overland flow is severely altered in the assessment area
❑D Both overbank and overland flow are severely altered in the assessment area
Notes
This form covers all Pocosin Enhancement areas on the tract Wetland size is an average These areas have surface and sub - surface
hydrology reduced by the drainage effect of ditches > 1 foot deep

NC WAM Wetland Rating Sheet
Accompanies User Manual Version 4.1
Rating Calculator Version 4.1
Wetland Site Name EFS - Pocosm - Enhancement Date of Assessment 9/7111
Corey Novak /
Wetland Type Pocosin Assessor Name /Organization LMG
Notes on Field Assessment Form (Y /N) YES
Presence of regulatory considerations (Y /N) NO
Wetland is intensively managed (Y /N) NO
Assessment area is located within 50 feet of a natural tributary or other open water (Y /N) NO
Assessment area is substantially altered by beaver (Y /N) NO
Assessment area experiences overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions (Y /N) NO
Assessment area is on a coastal island (Y /N) NO
Sub - function Rating Summary
Function Sub - function Metrics Rating
Hydrology Surface Storage and Retention Condition LOW
Sub - surface Storage and Retention Condition MEDIUM
Water Quality Pathogen Change
Condition
NA
Hydrology
Condition /Opportunity
NA
Water Quality
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NA
Particulate Change
Condition
NA
Condition /Opportunity
NA
Habitat
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NA
Soluble Change
Condition
NA
Condition /Opportunity
NA
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NA
Physical Change
Condition
NA
Condition /Opportunity
NA
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NA
Pollution Change
Condition
MEDIUM
Condition /Opportunity
MEDIUM
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NO
Habitat Physical Structure
Condition
HIGH
Landscape Patch Structure
Condition
MEDIUM
Vegetation Composition
Condition
HIGH
Function Ratmp Summa
Function
Metres
Rating
Hydrology
Condition
LOW
Water Quality
Condition
MEDIUM
Condition /Opportunity
MEDIUM
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NO
Habitat
Condition
HIGH
Overall Wetland Rating MEDIUM

NC WAM FIELD ASSESSMENT FORM
Accompanies User Manual Version 4 1
version 4 i
Wetland Site Name
EFS - Pocosin - Preservation
Date
9/7/11
Wetland Type
Pocosm
Assessor Name /Organization
Corey Novak / LMG
Level III Ecoregion
Middle Atlantic Coastal Plain
Nearest Named Water Body
NE Cape Fear River
River Basin
Cape Fear
USGS 8 -Digit Catalogue Unit
03030007
❑ Yes ® No
Precipitation within 48 hrs?
Latitude/Longitude deci -de reel
34 468640 / -77 808211
Evidence of stressors affecting the assessment area (may not be within the assessment area)
Please circle and /or make note on the last page if evidence of stressors is apparent Consider departure from reference, if appropriate, in
recent past (for instance, within 10 years) Noteworthy stressors include, but are not limited to the following
• Hydrological modifications (examples ditches, dams, beaver dams, dikes, berms, ponds, etc )
• Surface and sub - surface discharges into the wetland (examples discharges containing obvious pollutants, presence of nearby
septic tanks, underground storage tanks (USTs), hog lagoons, etc ) -
• Signs of vegetation stress (examples vegetation mortality, insect damage, disease, storm damage, salt intrusion, etc )
• Habitat/plant community alteration (examples mowing, clear - cutting, exotics, etc )
Is the assessment area intensively managed? ❑ Yes ® No
Regulatory Considerations (select all that apply to the assessment area )
❑ Anadromous fish
❑ Federally protected species or State endangered or threatened species
❑ NCDWQ riparian buffer rule in effect
❑ Abuts a Primary Nursery Area (PNA)
❑ Publicly owned property
❑ N C Division of Coastal Management Area of Environmental Concern (AEC) (including buffer)
❑ Abuts a stream with a NCDWQ classification of SA or supplemental classifications of HQW, ORW, or Trout
❑ Designated NCNHP reference community
❑ Abuts a 303(d)- listed stream or a tributary to a 303(d)- listed stream
What type of natural stream is associated with the wetland, if any? (check all that apply)
❑ Blackwater
❑ Brownwater
❑ Tidal (if tidal, check one of the following boxes) ❑ Lunar ❑ Wind ❑ Both
Is the assessment area on a coastal island? ❑ Yes ® No
Is the assessment area's surface water storage capacity or duration substantially altered by beavers ❑ Yes ® No
Does the assessment area experience overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions? ❑ Yes ® No
1 Ground Surface Condition/Vegetation Condition — assessment area condition metric
Check a box in each column Consider alteration to the ground surface (GS) in the assessment area and vegetation structure (VS) in
the assessment area Compare to reference wetland if applicable (see User Manual) If a reference is not applicable, then rate the
assessment area based on evidence an effect
GS VS
®A ®A Not severely altered
❑B ❑B Severely altered over a majority of the assessment area (ground surface alteration examples vehicle tracks, excessive
sedimentation, fire -plow lanes, skidder tracks, bedding, fill, sod compaction, obvious pollutants) (vegetation structure
alteration examples mechanical disturbance, herbicides, salt intrusion [where appropriate], exotic species, grazing,
less diversity [if appropriate], hydrologic alteration)
Surface and Sub - Surface Storage Capacity and Duration — assessment area condition metric
Check a box in each column Consider surface storage capacity and duration (Surf) and sub - surface storage capacity and duration
(Sub) Consider both increase and decrease in hydrology Refer to the current NRCS lateral effect of ditching guidance for North Carolina
hydric sods (see USACE Wilmington District website) for the zone of influence of ditches in hydric sods A ditch <_ 1 foot deep is considered
to affect surface water only, while a ditch > 1 foot deep is expected to affect both surface and sub - surface water Consider tidal flooding
regime, if applicable
Surf Sub
®A ®A Water storage capacity and duration are not altered
❑B ❑B Water storage capacity or duration are altered, but not substantially (typically, not sufficient to change vegetation)
❑C ❑C Water storage capacity or duration are substantially altered (typically, alteration sufficient to result in vegetation
change) (examples draining, flooding, sod compaction, filling, excessive sedimentation, underground utility lines)
Water Storage /Surface Relief — assessment area /wetland type condition metric (answer for non -marsh wetlands only)
Check a box in each column Select the appropriate storage for the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT)
AA WT
3a ❑A ❑A Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water > 1 deep
❑B ❑B Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 6 inches to 1 foot deep
❑C ❑C Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 3 to 6 inches deep
®D ®D Depressions able to pond water < 3 inches deep
3b ❑A Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is greater than 2 feet
❑B Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is between 1 and 2 feet
®C Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is less than 1 foot

Sod Texture /Structure — assessment area condition metric
Check a box from each of the three sod property groups below Dig sod profile in the dominant assessment area landscape feature
Make sod observations within the top 12 inches Use most recent National Technical Committee for Hydnc Sods guidance for regional
indicators
4a ®A Sandy soil
❑B Loamy or clayey soils exhibiting redoximorphic features (concentrations, depletions, or rhizospheres)
❑C Loamy or clayey soils not exhibiting redoximorphic features
❑D Loamy or clayey gleyed sod
❑E Histosol or histic epipedon
4b ®A Soil ribbon < 1 inch
❑B Soil ribbon ? 1 inch
4c ❑A No peat or muck presence
®B A peat or muck presence
Discharge into Wetland — opportunity metric
Check a box in each column Consider surface pollutants or discharges (Surf) and sub - surface pollutants or discharges (Sub)
Examples of sub - surface discharges include presence of nearby septic tank, underground storage tank (UST), etc
Surf Sub
®A ®A Little or no evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the assessment area
❑B ❑B Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the wetland and stressing, but not overwhelming the
treatment capacity of the assessment area
❑C ❑C Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges (pathogen, particulate, or soluble) entering the assessment area and
potentially overwhelming the treatment capacity of the wetland (water discoloration, dead vegetation, excessive
sedimentation, odor)
Land Use — opportunity metric
Check all that apply (at least one box in each column) Evaluation involves a GIS effort with field adjustment Consider sources
draining to assessment area within entire upstream watershed (WS), within 5 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment
area (5M), and within 2 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (2M)
WS 5M 2M
❑A ❑A ❑A > 10% impervious surfaces
❑B ❑B ❑B < 10% impervious surfaces
❑C ❑C ❑C Confined animal operations (or other local, concentrated source of pollutants
❑D ❑D ❑D ? 20% coverage of pasture
❑E ❑E ❑E ? 20% coverage of agricultural land (regularly plowed land)
❑F ❑F ❑F ? 20% coverage of maintained grass /herb
❑G ❑G ❑G ? 20% coverage of clear -cut land
®H ®H ®H Little or no opportunity to improve water quality Lack of opportunity may result from hydrologic alterations
that prevent drainage or overbank flow from affecting the assessment area
Wetland Acting as Vegetated Buffer — assessment area /wetland complex condition metric
7a Is assessment area within 50 feet of a tributary or other open water?
❑Yes ®No If Yes, continue to 7b If No, skip to Metric 8
Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the water body Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland
Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbed
7b How much of the first 50 feet from the bank is wetland? Descriptor E should be selected if ditches effectively bypass the buffer
❑A ? 50 feet
❑B From 30 to < 50 feet
❑C From 15 to < 30 feet
❑D From 5 to < 15 feet
❑E < 5 feet or buffer bypassed by ditches
7c Tributary width lithe tributary is anastomosed, combine widths of channels /braids for a total width
❑ <_ 15 -feet wide ❑> 15 -feet wide ❑ Other open water (no tributary present)
7d Do roots of assessment area vegetation extend into the bank of the tributary/open water?
❑Yes ❑No
7e Is stream or other open water sheltered or exposed?
❑Sheltered — adjacent open water with width < 2500 feet and no regular boat traffic
❑Exposed — adjacent open water with width a 2500 feet or regular boat traffic
Wetland Width at the Assessment Area — wetland type /wetland complex condition metric (evaluate for riparian wetlands only)
Check a box in each column for riverine wetlands only Select the average width for the wetland type at the assessment area (WT)
and the wetland complex at the assessment area (WC) See User Manual for WT and WC boundaries
WT WC
®A ®A ? 100 feet
❑B ❑B From 80 to < 100 feet
❑C ❑C From 50 to < 80 feet
❑D ❑D From 40 to < 50 feet
❑E ❑E From 30 to < 40 feet
❑F ❑F From 15 to < 30 feet
❑G ❑G From 5 to < 15 feet
❑H ❑H < 5 feet

9 Inundation Duration — assessment area condition metric
Answer for assessment area dominant landform
❑A Evidence of short- duration inundation (< 7 consecutive days)
®B Evidence of saturation, without evidence of inundation
❑C Evidence of long- duration inundation or very long- duration inundation (7 to 30 consecutive days or more)
10 Indicators of Deposition — assessment area condition metric
Consider recent deposition only (no plant growth since deposition)
®A Sediment deposition is not excessive, but at approximately natural levels
❑B Sediment deposition is excessive, but not overwhelming the wetland
❑C Sediment deposition is excessive and is overwhelming the wetland
11 Wetland Size — wetland type /wetland complex condition metric
Check a box in each column Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment This metric evaluates three aspects of the wetland area the
size of the wetland type (WT), the size of the wetland complex (WC), and the size of the forested wetland (FW) (if applicable, see User
Manual) See the User Manual for boundaries of these evaluation areas If assessment area is clear -cut, select "K" for the FW column
WT WC FW (if applicable)
❑A ❑A ❑A >— 500 acres
❑B ❑B ❑B From 100 to < 500 acres
❑C ❑C ❑C From 50 to < 100 acres
❑D ❑D ❑D From 25 to < 50 acres
®E ®E ®E From 10 to < 25 acres
❑F ❑F ❑F From 5 to < 10 acres
❑G ❑G ❑G From 1 to < 5 acres
❑H ❑H ❑H From 0 5 to < 1 acre
❑I ❑I ❑I From 0 1 to < 0 5 acre
❑J ❑J ❑J From 0 01 to < 0 1 acre
❑K ❑K n < 0 01 acre or assessment area is clear -cut
12 Wetland Intactness — wetland type condition metric (evaluate for Pocosms only)
®A Pocosin is the full extent ( >_ 90 %) of its natural landscape size
❑B Pocosm type is < 90% of the full extent of its natural landscape size
13 Connectivity to Other Natural Areas — landscape condition metric
13a Check appropriate box(es) (a box may be checked in each column) Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment This metric
evaluates whether the wetland is well connected (Well) and /or loosely connected (Loosely) to the landscape patch, the contiguous
naturally vegetated area and open water (if appropriate) Boundaries are formed by four -lane roads, regularly maintained utility line
corridors the width of a four -lane road or wider, urban landscapes, maintained fields (pasture and agriculture), or open water > 300
feet wide
Well Loosely
®A
❑A
? 500 acres
❑B
❑B
From 100 to < 500 acres
❑C
❑C
From 50 to < 100 acres
❑D
❑D
From 10 to < 50 acres
❑E
❑E
< 10 acres
❑F
❑F
Wetland type has a poor or no connection to other natural habitats
13b Evaluate for marshes only
❑Yes ❑No Wetland type has a surface hydrology connection to open waters /stream or tidal wetlands
14 Edge Effect — wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes)
May involve a GIS effort with field adjustment Estimate distance from wetland type boundary to artificial edges Artificial edges include
non - forested areas ? 40 feet wide such as fields, development, roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors, and clear -cuts Consider
the eight main points of the compass
❑A No artificial edge within 150 feet in all directions
®B No artificial edge within 150 feet in four (4) to seven (7) directions
❑C An artificial edge occurs within 150 feet in more than four (4) directions or assessment area is clear -cut
15 Vegetative Composition — assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes and Pine Flat)
®A Vegetation is close to reference condition in species present and their proportions Lower strata composed of appropriate
species, with exotic plants absent or sparse within the assessment area
❑B Vegetation is different from reference condition in species diversity or proportions, but still largely composed of native species
characteristic of the wetland type This may include communities of weedy native species that develop after clearcutting or
clearing It also includes communities with exotics present, but not dominant, over a large portion of the expected strata
❑C
Vegetation severely altered from reference in composition Expected species are unnaturally absent (planted stands of non - characteristic
species or at least one stratum inappropriately composed of a single species) Exotic species are dominant in at least one
stratum
16 Vegetative Diversity — assessment area condition metric (evaluate for Non -tidal Freshwater Marsh only)
®A Vegetation diversity is high and is composed primarily of native species (< 10% cover of exotics)
❑B Vegetation diversity is low or has > 10% to 50% cover of exotics
❑C Vegetation is dominated by exotic species (> 50 % cover of exotics)

17 Vegetative Structure — assessment area /wetland type condition metric
17a Is vegetation present?
®Yes ❑No If Yes, continue to 17b If No, skip to Metric 18
17b Evaluate percent coverage of assessment area vegetation for all marshes only Skip to 17c for non -marsh wetlands
❑A ? 25% coverage of vegetation
❑B < 25% coverage of vegetation
17c Check a box in each column for each stratum Evaluate this portion of the metric for non -marsh wetlands Consider
structure in airspace above the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT) separately
AA WT
o®A ®A Canopy closed, or nearly closed, with natural gaps associated with natural processes
cc: E:113 ❑B Canopy present, but opened more than natural gaps
d ❑C ❑C Canopy sparse or absent
z
o ®A
®A
Dense mid- story/sapling layer
U.) ❑B
❑B
Moderate density mid- story/sapling layer
❑C
❑C
Mid- story/sapling layer sparse or absent
®A
®A
Dense shrub layer
t ❑B
❑B
Moderate density shrub layer
rn ❑C
❑C
Shrub layer sparse or absent
n ❑A
❑A
Dense herb layer
_ ®B
®B
Moderate density herb layer
❑C
❑C
Herb layer sparse or absent
18 Snags — wetland type condition metric
❑A Large snags (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches DBH, or large relative to species present and landscape stability)
®B Not A
19 Diameter Class Distribution — wetland type condition metric
®A Majority of canopy trees have stems > 6 inches in diameter at breast height (DBH), many large trees (> 12 inches DBH) are
present
❑B Majority of canopy trees have stems between 6 and 12 inches DBH, few are > 12 inch DBH
❑C Majority of canopy trees are < 6 inches DBH or no trees
20 Large Woody Debris — wetland type condition metric
Include both natural debris and man - placed natural debris
®A Large logs (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches in diameter, or large relative to species present and landscape stability)
❑B Not
21 Vegetation /Open Water Dispersion —wetland type /open water condition metric (evaluate for Non -Tidal Freshwater Marsh only)
Select the figure that best describes the amount of interspersion between vegetation and open water in the growing season Patterned
areas indicate vegetated areas, while solid white areas indicate open water
I
22 Hydrologic Connectivity — assessment area condition metric (evaluate for riparian wetlands only)
Examples of activities that may severely alter hydrologic connectivity include intensive ditching, fill, sedimentation, channelization,
diversion, man -made berms, beaver dams, and stream incision
❑A Overbank and overland flow are not severely altered in the assessment area
❑B Overbank flow is severely altered in the assessment area
❑C Overland flow is severely altered in the assessment area
❑D Both overbank and overland flow are severely altered in the assessment area
Notes
This form covers all Pocosin Preservation areas on the tract Wetland size is an average These areas are not considered to be affected by
drainage from ditches

NC WAM Wetland Rating Sheet
Accompanies User Manual Version 4.1
Rating Calculator Version 4.1
Wetland Site Name EFS - Pocosm - Preservation Date of Assessment 9/7/11
Wetland Type Pocosin
%,Uit::y rvwan i
Assessor Name /Organization LMG
Notes on Field Assessment Form (Y /N) YES
Presence of regulatory considerations (Y /N) NO
Wetland is intensively managed (Y /N) NO
Assessment area is located within 50 feet of a natural tributary or other open water (Y /N) NO
Assessment area is substantially altered by beaver (Y /N) NO
Assessment area experiences overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions (Y /N) NO
Assessment area is on a coastal island (Y /N) NO
Sub - function Ratina Summa
Function
Sub - function
Metrics
Rating
Hydrology
Surface Storage and Retention
Condition
MEDIUM
HIGH
Sub - surface Storage and Retention
Condition
HIGH
Water Quality
Pathogen Change
Condition
NA
Condition
HIGH
Condition /Opportunity
NA
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NA
Particulate Change
Condition
NA
Condition /Opportunity
NA
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NA
Soluble Change
Condition
NA
Condition /Opportunity
NA
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NA
Physical Change
Condition
NA
Condition /Opportunity
NA
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NA
Pollution Change
Condition
HIGH
Condition /Opportunity
HIGH
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NO
Habitat
Physical Structure
Condition
HIGH
Landscape Patch Structure
Condition
MEDIUM
Vegetation Composition
Condition
HIGH
Function Rating Summa
Function
Metrics
Rating
Hydrology
Condition
HIGH
Water Quality
Condition
HIGH
Condition /Opportunity
HIGH
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NO
Habitat
Condition
HIGH
Overall Wetland Rating HIGH

NC WAM FIELD ASSESSMENT FORM
Accompanies User Manual Version 4 1
Evidence of stressors affecting the assessment area (may not be within the assessment area)
Please circle and /or make note on the last page if evidence of stressors is apparent Consider departure from reference, if appropriate, in
recent past (for instance, within 10 years) Noteworthy stressors include, but are not limited to the following
• Hydrological modifications (examples ditches, dams, beaver dams, dikes, berms, ponds, etc )
• Surface and sub - surface discharges into the wetland (examples discharges containing obvious pollutants, presence of nearby
septic tanks, underground storage tanks (USTs), hog lagoons, etc )
• Signs of vegetation stress (examples vegetation mortality, insect damage, disease, storm damage, salt intrusion, etc )
• Habitat/plant community alteration (examples mowing, clear - cutting, exotics, etc )
Is the assessment area intensively managed? ❑ Yes ® No
Regulatory Considerations (select all that apply to the assessment area )
❑ Anadromous fish
❑ Federally protected species or State endangered or threatened species
❑ NCDWQ riparian buffer rule in effect
❑ Abuts a Primary Nursery Area (PNA)
❑ Publicly owned property
❑ N C Division of Coastal Management Area of Environmental Concern (AEC) (including buffer)
❑ Abuts a stream with a NCDWQ classification of SA or supplemental classifications of HQW, ORW, or Trout
❑ Designated NCNHP reference community
❑ Abuts a 303(d)- listed stream or a tributary to a 303(d)- listed stream
What type of natural stream is associated with the wetland, if any? (check all that apply)
® Blackwater
❑ Brownwater
❑ Tidal (if tidal, check one of the following boxes) ❑ Lunar ❑ Wind ❑ Both
Is the assessment area on a coastal island? ❑ Yes ® No
Is the assessment area's surface water storage capacity or duration substantially altered by beaver? ❑ Yes ® No
Does the assessment area experience overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions? ® Yes ❑ No
Ground Surface Condition/Vegetation Condition — assessment area condition metric
Check a box in each column Consider alteration to the ground surface (GS) in the assessment area and vegetation structure (VS) in
the assessment area Compare to reference wetland if applicable (see User Manual) If a reference is not applicable, then rate the
assessment area based on evidence an effect
GS VS
®A ®A Not severely altered
❑B ❑B Severely altered over a majority of the assessment area (ground surface alteration examples vehicle tracks, excessive
sedimentation, fire -plow lanes, skidder tracks, bedding, fill, sod compaction, obvious pollutants) (vegetation structure
alteration examples mechanical disturbance, herbicides, salt intrusion [where appropriate], exotic species, grazing,
less diversity [if appropriate], hydrologic alteration)
Surface and Sub - Surface Storage Capacity and Duration — assessment area condition metric
Check a box in each column Consider surface storage capacity and duration (Surf) and sub - surface storage capacity and duration
(Sub) Consider both increase and decrease in hydrology Refer to the current NRCS lateral effect of ditching guidance for North Carolina
hydnc sods (see USACE Wilmington District website) for the zone of influence of ditches in hydnc soils A ditch <_ 1 foot deep is considered
to affect surface water only, while a ditch > 1 foot deep is expected to affect both surface and sub - surface water Consider tidal flooding
regime, if applicable
Surf Sub
®A ®A Water storage capacity and duration are not altered
❑B ❑B Water storage capacity or duration are altered, but not substantially (typically, not sufficient to change vegetation)
❑C ❑C Water storage capacity or duration are substantially altered (typically, alteration sufficient to result in vegetation
change) (examples draining, flooding, soil compaction, filling, excessive sedimentation, underground utility lines)
Water Storage /Surface Relief — assessment arealwetland type condition metric (answer for non -marsh wetlands only)
Check a box in each column Select the appropriate storage for the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT)
AA WT
3a ❑A ❑A Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water > 1 deep
®B ®B Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 6 inches to 1 foot deep
❑C ❑C Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 3 to 6 inches deep
❑D ❑D Depressions able to pond water < 3 inches deep
3b ❑A Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is greater than 2 feet
®B Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is between 1 and 2 feet
❑C Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is less than 1 foot
Kating
Gaicuiator version 4 l
Wetland Site Name
EFS - RSF - Preservation
Date
9/12/11
Wetland Type
Riverine Swamp Forest
Assessor Name /Organization
Corey Novak / LMG
Level III Ecoregion
Middle Atlantic Coastal Plain
Nearest Named Water Body
NE Cape Fear River
River Basin
Cape Fear
USGS 8 -Digit Catalogue Unit
03030007
❑ Yes ❑ No
Precipitation within 48 hrs?
Latitude/Longitude deci- degrees
34 462934 / -77 826467
Evidence of stressors affecting the assessment area (may not be within the assessment area)
Please circle and /or make note on the last page if evidence of stressors is apparent Consider departure from reference, if appropriate, in
recent past (for instance, within 10 years) Noteworthy stressors include, but are not limited to the following
• Hydrological modifications (examples ditches, dams, beaver dams, dikes, berms, ponds, etc )
• Surface and sub - surface discharges into the wetland (examples discharges containing obvious pollutants, presence of nearby
septic tanks, underground storage tanks (USTs), hog lagoons, etc )
• Signs of vegetation stress (examples vegetation mortality, insect damage, disease, storm damage, salt intrusion, etc )
• Habitat/plant community alteration (examples mowing, clear - cutting, exotics, etc )
Is the assessment area intensively managed? ❑ Yes ® No
Regulatory Considerations (select all that apply to the assessment area )
❑ Anadromous fish
❑ Federally protected species or State endangered or threatened species
❑ NCDWQ riparian buffer rule in effect
❑ Abuts a Primary Nursery Area (PNA)
❑ Publicly owned property
❑ N C Division of Coastal Management Area of Environmental Concern (AEC) (including buffer)
❑ Abuts a stream with a NCDWQ classification of SA or supplemental classifications of HQW, ORW, or Trout
❑ Designated NCNHP reference community
❑ Abuts a 303(d)- listed stream or a tributary to a 303(d)- listed stream
What type of natural stream is associated with the wetland, if any? (check all that apply)
® Blackwater
❑ Brownwater
❑ Tidal (if tidal, check one of the following boxes) ❑ Lunar ❑ Wind ❑ Both
Is the assessment area on a coastal island? ❑ Yes ® No
Is the assessment area's surface water storage capacity or duration substantially altered by beaver? ❑ Yes ® No
Does the assessment area experience overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions? ® Yes ❑ No
Ground Surface Condition/Vegetation Condition — assessment area condition metric
Check a box in each column Consider alteration to the ground surface (GS) in the assessment area and vegetation structure (VS) in
the assessment area Compare to reference wetland if applicable (see User Manual) If a reference is not applicable, then rate the
assessment area based on evidence an effect
GS VS
®A ®A Not severely altered
❑B ❑B Severely altered over a majority of the assessment area (ground surface alteration examples vehicle tracks, excessive
sedimentation, fire -plow lanes, skidder tracks, bedding, fill, sod compaction, obvious pollutants) (vegetation structure
alteration examples mechanical disturbance, herbicides, salt intrusion [where appropriate], exotic species, grazing,
less diversity [if appropriate], hydrologic alteration)
Surface and Sub - Surface Storage Capacity and Duration — assessment area condition metric
Check a box in each column Consider surface storage capacity and duration (Surf) and sub - surface storage capacity and duration
(Sub) Consider both increase and decrease in hydrology Refer to the current NRCS lateral effect of ditching guidance for North Carolina
hydnc sods (see USACE Wilmington District website) for the zone of influence of ditches in hydnc soils A ditch <_ 1 foot deep is considered
to affect surface water only, while a ditch > 1 foot deep is expected to affect both surface and sub - surface water Consider tidal flooding
regime, if applicable
Surf Sub
®A ®A Water storage capacity and duration are not altered
❑B ❑B Water storage capacity or duration are altered, but not substantially (typically, not sufficient to change vegetation)
❑C ❑C Water storage capacity or duration are substantially altered (typically, alteration sufficient to result in vegetation
change) (examples draining, flooding, soil compaction, filling, excessive sedimentation, underground utility lines)
Water Storage /Surface Relief — assessment arealwetland type condition metric (answer for non -marsh wetlands only)
Check a box in each column Select the appropriate storage for the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT)
AA WT
3a ❑A ❑A Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water > 1 deep
®B ®B Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 6 inches to 1 foot deep
❑C ❑C Majority of wetland with depressions able to pond water 3 to 6 inches deep
❑D ❑D Depressions able to pond water < 3 inches deep
3b ❑A Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is greater than 2 feet
®B Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is between 1 and 2 feet
❑C Evidence that maximum depth of inundation is less than 1 foot

4 Sod Texture /Structure — assessment area condition metric
Check a box from each of the three sod property groups below Dig sod profile in the dominant assessment area landscape feature
Make soil observations within the top 12 inches Use most recent National Technical Committee for Hydnc Sods guidance for regional
indicators
4a ®A Sandy sod
❑B Loamy or clayey sods exhibiting redoximorphic features (concentrations, depletions, or rhizospheres)
❑C Loamy or clayey sods not exhibiting redoximorphic features
❑D Loamy or clayey gleyed sod
❑E Histosol or histic epipedon
4b ®A Sod ribbon < 1 inch
❑B Sod ribbon ? 1 inch
4c ❑A No peat or muck presence
®B A peat or muck presence
Discharge into Wetland — opportunity metric
Check a box in each column Consider surface pollutants or discharges (Surf) and sub - surface pollutants or discharges (Sub)
Examples of sub - surface discharges include presence of nearby septic tank, underground storage tank (UST), etc
Surf Sub
®A ®A Little or no evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the assessment area
❑B ❑B Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges entering the wetland and stressing, but not overwhelming the
treatment capacity of the assessment area
❑C ❑C Noticeable evidence of pollutants or discharges (pathogen, particulate, or soluble) entering the assessment area and
potentially overwhelming the treatment capacity of the wetland (water discoloration, dead vegetation, excessive
sedimentation, odor)
Land Use — opportunity metric
Check all that apply (at least one box in each column) Evaluation involves a GIS effort with field adjustment Consider sources
draining to assessment area within entire upstream watershed (WS), within 5 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment
area (5M), and within 2 miles and within the watershed draining to the assessment area (2M)
WS 5M 2M
❑A ❑A ❑A > 10% impervious surfaces
❑B ❑B ❑B < 10% impervious surfaces
❑C ❑C ❑C Confined animal operations (or other local, concentrated source of pollutants
❑D ❑D ❑D >_ 20% coverage of pasture
❑E ❑E ❑E _> 20% coverage of agricultural land (regularly plowed land)
❑F ❑F n ? 20% coverage of maintained grass /herb
❑G ❑G ❑G ? 20% coverage of clear -cut land
®H ®H ®H Little or no opportunity to improve water quality Lack of opportunity may result from hydrologic alterations
that prevent drainage or overbank flow from affecting the assessment area
Wetland Acting as Vegetated Buffer — assessment area /wetland complex condition metric
7a Is assessment area within 50 feet of a tributary or other open water?
®Yes ❑No If Yes, continue to 7b If No, skip to Metric 8
Wetland buffer need only be present on one side of the water body Make buffer judgment based on the average width of wetland
Record a note if a portion of the buffer has been removed or disturbed
7b How much of the first 50 feet from the bank is wetland? Descriptor E should be selected if ditches effectively bypass the buffer
®A ? 50 feet
❑B From 30 to < 50 feet
❑C From 15 to < 30 feet
❑D From 5 to < 15 feet
❑E < 5 feet or buffer bypassed by ditches
7c Tributary width If the tributary is anastomosed, combine widths of channels /braids for a total width
® <_ 15 -feet wide ❑> 15 -feet wide ❑ Other open water (no tributary present)
7d Do roots of assessment area vegetation extend into the bank of the tributary/open water?
®Yes ❑No
7e Is stream or other open water sheltered or exposed?
®Sheltered — adjacent open water with width < 2500 feet and no regular boat traffic
❑Exposed — adjacent open water with width ? 2500 feet or regular boat traffic
Wetland Width at the Assessment Area — wetland type/wetland complex condition metric (evaluate for riparian wetlands only)
Check a box in each column for nverme wetlands only Select the average width for the wetland type at the assessment area (WT)
and the wetland complex at the assessment area (WC) See User Manual for WT and WC boundaries
WT WC
®A ®A ? 100 feet
❑B n From 80 to < 100 feet
❑C ❑C From 50 to < 80 feet
❑D ❑D From 40 to < 50 feet
❑E ❑E From 30 to < 40 feet
❑F n From 15 to < 30 feet
El n From 5 to < 15 feet
❑H n < 5 feet

9
Inundation Duration — assessment area condition metric
? 500 acres
Answer for assessment area dominant landform
❑B
❑A
Evidence of short- duration inundation (< 7 consecutive days)
❑C
❑B
Evidence of saturation, without evidence of inundation
❑D
®C
Evidence of long- duration inundation or very long- duration inundation (7 to 30 consecutive days or more)
10
Indicators
of Deposition — assessment area condition metric
❑F
Consider
recent deposition only (no plant growth since deposition)
®A
Sediment deposition is not excessive, but at approximately natural levels
❑B
Sediment deposition is excessive, but not overwhelming the wetland
❑C
Sediment deposition is excessive and is overwhelming the wetland
11
Wetland Size — wetland type /wetland complex condition metric
Check a box in each column Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment This metric evaluates three aspects of the wetland area the
size of the wetland type (WT), the size of the wetland complex (WC), and the size of the forested wetland (FW) (if applicable, see User
Manual) Seethe User Manual for boundaries of these evaluation areas If assessment area is clear -cut, select "K" for the FW column
WT
WC FW (if applicable)
❑A
❑A ❑A ? 500 acres
❑B
®B ®B From 100 to < 500 acres
❑C
❑C ❑C From 50 to < 100 acres
❑D
❑D ❑D From 25 to < 50 acres
®E
❑E ❑E From 10 to < 25 acres
❑F
❑F ❑F From 5 to < 10 acres
❑G
❑G ❑G From 1 to < 5 acres
❑H
❑H ❑H From 0 5 to < 1 acre
El
❑I ❑1 From 0 1 to < 0 5 acre
❑J
❑J ❑J From 0 01 to < 0 1 acre
❑K
❑K ❑K < 0 01 acre or assessment area is clear -cut
12
Wetland Intactness — wetland type condition metric (evaluate for Pocosins only)
❑A
Pocosin is the full extent (? 90 %) of its natural landscape size
❑B
Pocosm type is < 90% of the full extent of its natural landscape size
13
Connectivity to Other Natural Areas — landscape condition metric
13a
Check appropriate box(es) (a box may be checked in each column) Involves a GIS effort with field adjustment This metric
evaluates whether the wetland is well connected (Well) and /or loosely connected (Loosely) to the landscape patch, the contiguous
naturally vegetated area and open water (if appropriate) Boundaries are formed by four -lane roads, regularly maintained utility line
corridors the width of a four -lane road or wider, urban landscapes, maintained fields (pasture and agriculture), or open water > 300
feet wide
Well Loosely
®A
❑A
? 500 acres
❑B
❑B
From 100 to < 500 acres
❑C
❑C
From 50 to < 100 acres
❑D
❑D
From 10 to < 50 acres
❑E
❑E
< 10 acres
❑F
❑F
Wetland type has a poor or no connection to other natural habitats
13b Evaluate for marshes only
[]Yes ❑No Wetland type has a surface hydrology connection to open waters /stream or tidal wetlands
14 Edge Effect — wetland type condition metric (skip for all marshes)
May involve a GIS effort with field adjustment Estimate distance from wetland type boundary to artificial edges Artificial edges include
non - forested areas ? 40 feet wide such as fields, development, roads, regularly maintained utility line corridors, and clear -cuts Consider
the eight main points of the compass
❑A No artificial edge within 150 feet in all directions
®B No artificial edge within 150 feet in four (4) to seven (7) directions
❑C An artificial edge occurs within 150 feet in more than four (4) directions or assessment area is clear -cut
15 Vegetative Composition — assessment area condition metric (skip for all marshes and Pine Flat)
®A Vegetation is close to reference condition in species present and their proportions Lower strata composed of appropriate
species, with exotic plants absent or sparse within the assessment area
❑B Vegetation is different from reference condition in species diversity or proportions, but still largely composed of native species
characteristic of the wetland type This may include communities of weedy native species that develop after clearcutting or
clearing It also includes communities with exotics present, but not dominant, over a large portion of the expected strata
❑C
Vegetation severely altered from reference in composition Expected species are unnaturally absent (planted stands of non - characteristic
species or at least one stratum inappropriately composed of a single species) Exotic species are dominant in at least one
stratum
16 Vegetative Diversity — assessment area condition metric (evaluate for Non -tidal Freshwater Marsh only)
❑A Vegetation diversity is high and is composed primarily of native species (< 10 % cover of exotics)
❑B Vegetation diversity is low or has > 10% to 50% cover of exotics
❑C Vegetation is dominated by exotic species (> 50 % cover of exotics)

17 Vegetative Structure —assessment area /wetland type condition metric
17a Is vegetation present?
®Yes ❑No If Yes, continue to 17b If No, skip to Metric 18
17b Evaluate percent coverage of assessment area vegetation for all marshes only Skip to 17c for non -marsh wetlands
®A ? 25% coverage of vegetation
❑B < 25% coverage of vegetation
17c Check a box in each column for each stratum Evaluate this portion of the metric for non -marsh wetlands Consider
structure in airspace above the assessment area (AA) and the wetland type (WT) separately
AA f
o❑A [JA Canopy closed, or nearly closed, with natural gaps associated with natural processes
cc: ®B ®B Canopy present, but opened more than natural gaps
U ❑C ❑C Canopy sparse or absent
s
o ❑A
❑A
Dense mid- story/sapling layer
U? ®B
®B
Moderate density mid- story/sapling layer
a
❑C
❑C
Mid- story/sapling layer sparse or absent
❑A
❑A
Dense shrub layer
s ®B
®B
Moderate density shrub layer
❑C
❑C
Shrub layer sparse or absent
o ®A
®A
Dense herb layer
_ ❑B
❑B
Moderate density herb layer
❑C
❑C
Herb layer sparse or absent
18 Snags — wetland type condition metric
®A Large snags (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches DBH, or large relative to species present and landscape stability)
❑B Not
19 Diameter Class Distribution — wetland type condition metric
®A Majority of canopy trees have stems > 6 inches in diameter at breast height (DBH), many large trees (> 12 inches DBH) are
present
❑B Majority of canopy trees have stems between 6 and 12 inches DBH, few are > 12 inch DBH
❑C Majority of canopy trees are < 6 inches DBH or no trees
20 Large Woody Debris — wetland type condition metric
Include both natural debris and man - placed natural debris
®A Large logs (more than one) are visible (> 12 inches in diameter, or large relative to species present and landscape stability)
❑B Not A
21 Vegetation /Open Water Dispersion — wetland type /open water condition metric (evaluate for Non -Tidal Freshwater Marsh only)
Select the figure that best describes the amount of interspersion between vegetation and open water in the growing season Patterned
areas indicate vegetated areas, while solid white areas indicate open water
❑A ❑B ❑C ❑D
�
f 011
IV {' 1 1 s d Nil,f
VA
All
Xt
22 Hydrologic Connectivity — assessment area condition metric (evaluate for riparian wetlands only)
Examples of activities that may severely alter hydrologic connectivity include intensive ditching, fill, sedimentation, channelization,
diversion, man -made berms, beaver dams, and stream incision
®A Overbank and overland flow are not severely altered in the assessment area
❑B Overbank flow is severely altered in the assessment area
❑C Overland flow is severely altered in the assessment area
❑D Both overbank and overland flow are severely altered in the assessment area
Notes
Beavers are affecting the area, but they have been established long enough ( >10 years) to not be considered as a stressor Lack of
opportunity to improve water quality results from relatively undisturbed upstream watershed

NC WAM Wetland Rating Sheet
Accompanies User Manual Version 4.1
Rating Calculator Version 4.1
Wetland Site Name EFS - RSF - Preservation Date of Assessment 9/12/11
Corey Novak /
Wetland Type Rivenne Swamp Forest Assessor Name /Organization LMG
Notes on Field Assessment Form (Y /N)
YES
Presence of regulatory considerations (Y /N)
NO
Wetland is intensively managed (Y /N)
NO
Assessment area is located within 50 feet of a natural tributary or other open water (Y /N)
YES
Assessment area is substantially altered by beaver (Y /N)
NO
Assessment area experiences overbank flooding during normal rainfall conditions (Y /N)
YES
Assessment area is on a coastal island (Y /N)
NO
Sub - function Ratmci Summa
Function
Sub - function
Metrics
Rating
Hydrology
Surface Storage and Retention
Condition
HIGH
HIGH
Sub - surface Storage and Retention
Condition
HIGH
Water Quality
Pathogen Change
Condition
LOW
Condition
HIGH
Condition /Opportunity
LOW
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NO
Particulate Change
Condition
MEDIUM
Condition /Opportunity
MEDIUM
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NO
Soluble Change
Condition
HIGH
Condition /Opportunity
HIGH
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NO
Physical Change
Condition
HIGH
Condition /Opportunity
HIGH
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NO
Pollution Change
Condition
NA
Condition /Opportunity
NA
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NA
Habitat
Physical Structure
Condition
HIGH
Landscape Patch Structure
Condition
HIGH
Vegetation Composition
Condition
HIGH
Function Ratma Summa
Function
Metrics
Rating
Hydrology
Condition
HIGH
Water Quality
Condition
HIGH
Condition /Opportunity
HIGH
Opportunity Presence (Y /N)
NO
Habitat
Condition
HIGH
Overall Wetland Rating HIGH
a

APPENDIX D:
HISTORICAL AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHS
LMG
LAND MANAGEMENT GROUP -
Environmental Consultants
September 2012

*Boundaries are approximate and are
not meant to be absolute.
Map Source: Pender County NRCS NAIP 1998 aerial
1"=1200'
Holly Shelter Bay
Northeast Cape Fear LM MANAGEMENT GROUP
Mitigation Bank
E� ,,,�m,�fe,�a�,� 1998 Infrared Aerial Photo
www.LMGroup.net
Phone: [phone] •1.866.LMG.1078 Appendix D. Historical Aerials
Wetlands Resource Center Fax: [phone]
P.O. Box 2522, Wilmington, NC 28402

4e,
FYI'
Will,
PIMA
It^
OKI.,
1.
low
7�1
it
ky
/ N1-Nj
4 . I
SITE
'r

*Boundaries are approximate and are
not meant to be absolute.
1"=1400'
Map Source: Pender County NRCS NAIP 1972 aerial
Holly Shelter Bay
LMG
Northeast Cape Fear LAND MANAGEMENT GROUP 1972 Aerial Photo
Mitigation Bank '°''°"11 -11 °
www.LMGroup.net
Phone: [phone] •1.866.LMG.1078 Appendix D. Historical Aerials
Wetlands Resource Center Fax: [phone]
P.O. Box 2522, Wilmington, NC 28402

*Boundaries are approximate and are
not meant to be absolute.
Map Source: Pender County NRCS NAIP 1966 aerial
Holly Shelter Bay
Northeast Cape Fear
Mitigation Bank
Wetlands Resource Center
LMG
LAND MANAGEMENT GROUP
f---w
www.LMGroup.net
Phone: [phone] •1.866.LMG.1078
Fax: [phone]
P.O. Box 2522, Wilmington, NC 28402
of
1966 Aerial Photo
Appendix D. Historical Aerials

APPENDIX E:
DRAINMOD ASSESSMENT
4 LMG
I AND MANAGEMENT GROUP-
E___
1.1 C- .11-1'
September 2012

NORTHEAST CAPE FEAR MITIGATION BANK
PENDER COUNTY, NC
DRAINMOD ASSESSMENT
I. Introduction
On behalf of the bank sponsor, Wetlands Resource Center, LLC, Land Management
Group, Inc (LMG) has prepared the following DrainMod assessment for the Northeast
Cape Fear Mitigation Bank (Holly Shelter Bay Tract). The Holly Shelter Bay property is
located immediately northeast of the intersection of NC Hwy 210 and Shaw Highway
(east of Interstate 40), near Rocky Point (Pender County), NC The site is bounded to the
east by Holly Shelter Game Lands The site has been historically managed for
silvicultural production since the early 1970's Intensive site management practices
(including the ditching and conversion to loblolly pine plantation) has resulted in the
loss and /or degradation of wetland functions on the site
Site - specific soils information, current drainage conditions, and geomorphological data
were used to perform DrainMod computer modeling DrainMod is a field -scale
hydrologic model originally developed for the design of subsurface drainage systems
Its application is now widely used for the purposes of evaluating lateral drainage effects
of existing ditches and modeling for wetland restoration purposes The model
incorporates long -term climatological data in conjunction with site - specific model
inputs For the Holly Shelter Bay site, the model has been run utilizing field- measured
conductivity rates for various soil series identified by licensed soil scientists of LMG In
order to determine the drainage response relative to existing ditch size, multiple
DrainMod analyses were conducted utilizing various input parameters These models
incorporated typical channel geometry observed for the large collector canals and
smaller, lateral ditches DrainMod utilizes Reference Wetland Simulation (RWS) in
which typical reference soil and drainage inputs are used to determine minimum
hydrology requirements satisfying 404 wetland jurisdictional criteria. Separate runs are
then analyzed to determine current drainage alterations
The results of these evaluations were used to identify the lateral drainage effects of
ditches occurring within the Holly Shelter Bay property
II. Site Conditions
The Holly Shelter Bay site (approximately 1,273 acres) consists predominantly of former
headwater wetland flats that drain to the Northeast Cape Fear River These non -
riparian wetlands have been historically ditched as part of a prescribed silvicultural
management plan implemented by International Paper Company during the 1970s The

network of drainage ditches serve to lower groundwater tables and intercept surface
water — thus compromising the ecological functions (i a nutrient /sediment retention,
flood attenuation, etc ) characteristic of headwater wetlands The major outlet diverts
flow to the southwest into the Northeast Cape Fear River
The site consists predominantly of drained hydric soils characteristic of broad
interstream flats of the outer Coastal Plain Representative mapped soil units include
Murville fine sand, Leon sand, and Foreston fine sand These series are poorly drained
to very poorly drained soils characteristic of non - riparian wetlands Areas of unmapped,
very poorly drained organic soils occur within wetlands onsite These soils most closely
resemble the Croatan soil series Approximately 100,000 linear feet of open ditching
currently exists throughout the site Areas located within deeper depressions within the
landscape still retain wetland hydrology
III. Drainage Modeling -
DrainMod software, an approved hydrologic modeling tool (USACE, 2008), was utilized
to determine the extent of drainage throughout the site This software models the
cumulative effects of parallel drainage features using long -term climate data and user
supplied inputs The user supplied inputs allow for site - specific drainage spacings, ditch
depths, and soil conductivity rates to be modeled over multiple decades This long -term
approach provides information on the hydrology of the site in a variety of climatic
conditions, which can aid in the determination of the effective lateral drainage distance
of a ditch
The calibration process consisted of adjusting soil property inputs so that model
predictions match, as closely as possible, the measured water table fluctuations in
response to measured rainfall and calculated evapotranspiration (ET) Soil properties
vary between soil series, and from point to point within a given soil series. Calibration
provides a method of determining the field effective soil property values for each
observation well The DrainMod model was calibrated separately for each transect
location using a short -term record of observed weather data and water table
measurements recorded across a 5 -month period from January 1, 2011 until May 31,
2011 This period was chosen because the precipitation record began above normal,
declined through normal conditions for several weeks and then dropped below the
normal range The full range of rainfall totals during this period is provides the
calibration procedure its greatest accuracy when fitting the model to a wide range of
soil moisture levels
The calibration of the model utilized site - specific data for soil horizon depths and
conductivity rates In order to obtain conservative results, lower conductivity rates
were used when ranges were provided (see below) All inputs, with the exception of the
drain spacing, remained constant throughout the calibrations and are shown in Table 1
The growing season is considered year -round and the critical period was set at 14 days
2
F
a i _

Climate data from Wilmington, N C were used for modeling input based upon proximity
of this weather station to the mitigation site
Tz
ibie 1. inputs Tor holly bneiter tray urainnnoo zotuay
- Input Win. cm
Depth to Drain 0 0
4 122
Drain Spacing 213 6500
1400 42670
Effective Radius of Drains
10
Distance to Impermeable
layer
10 300
Drainage Coefficient
5
Kirkhams Coefficient
variable
Initial Depth to Water
Table
1 30
Max Surface Storage
12 3
Depth of flow to drains
12 3
Wilmington,
Climate Data NC
Time Period 1960 -1990
Critical Water Table Depth 30 5 cm
Critical Duration 12 days
DrainMod utilizes Reference Wetland Simulation (RWS) in which typical reference soil
and drainage inputs are used to determine minimum hydrology requirements satisfying
404 wetland jurisdictional criteria Separate runs are then analyzed to determine
current drainage alterations Threshold settings for each of different configurations
were based on the number of consecutive days necessary to meet the wetland
hydrology criteria This criteria states that a site must exhibit water table depths within
12 inches of the surface for a 14 consecutive number of days of the growing season
When these conditions are met for >50% of the years during a given study, the site is
considered to be jurisdictional wetlands
The results from the different configurations are presented in Table 2 Based upon
these results, a 4 -ft ditch effectively lowers the water table for a distance greater than
3

700 ft in a Croatan soil These conditions mimic the existing network of lateral drainage
ditches found throughout the existing silvicultural stands Model results for the existing
collector canals depths show a potential lateral drainage effect of greater than 700 ft
Based on the combination of field observations, soil borings, and DrainMod results
approximately 800 acres of the remaining tract appear to have been effectively drained
and are considered suitable for wetland restoration (see Figure 8 of the Wetland
Mitigation Plan) Note that these investigations also provide evidence of hydrologic
modifications outside of the 700 -ft offsets, although these areas may still maintain
water table depths sufficient to meet the wetland hydrology criteria As such, these
areas may be considered suitable for wetland enhancement via the removal of adjacent
ditches Please refer to the attached model runs for more specific information
regarding long -term responses to site drainage
Table 2. Results from Holiv Shelter Bav DrainMod Studv
0
Number of Years
Ditch
Ditch
Meeting Wetland
Length of
Percentage
Well
Depth
Spacing
Hydrology
Study
( >50% = wet)
4
1541
9
30
30%
3
0
0
30
30
100%
4
1,400
4
30
13%
6
0
0
30
30
100%
4
1 213
0
30
0%
9
0
0
30
30
100%
4
213
0
30
0%
10
0
0
30
30
100%
0

EFS_well3_LT.wET
-----------------------------------------------------
DRAINMOD version 5.1
* Copyright 1980 -04 North Carolina State university
----------------------------------------------- - - - - --
EFS Mitigation 40- 09 -190b, Cal Miller, Croatan Soil, #3-LT
Station 319457, Nwilm NC weather Data
--- - - - - -- -RUN STATISTICS ---- - - - - -- time: 6/24/2011 @ 11:22
input file: C: \Program Files \DrainMod 6.0 \DrainMod \inputs \EF
parameters: free drainage and yields not calculated
drain spacing = 47000. cm drain depth = 122.0 cm
------------------------------------------------------------------ - - - - --
D R A I N M 0 D - -- HYDROLOGY EVALUATION
* * * * ** INTERIM EXPERIMENTAL RELEASE * * * * **
Number of periods with water table closer than 30.50 cm
for at least 12 days. Counting starts on day
78 and ends on day 315 of each year
YEAR Number of Periods Longest Consecutive
of 12 days or Period in Days
more with wTD
< 30.50 cm
------------ - - - - -- --------------- - - - --
1965 0. 10.
1966 0. 7.
1967 0. 0.
1968 0. 7.
1969 0. 10.
1970 1. 12.
1971 0. 10.
1972 1. 13.
1973 0. 7.
1974 0. 11.
1975 0. 7.
1976 1. 21.
1977 0. 9.
1978 0. 6.
1979 1. 13.
1980 1. 17.
1981 0. 8.
1982 0. 8.
1983 2. 18.
1984 0. 8.
1985 0. 7.
1986 0. 7.
Page 1

Number of Years with at least one period =
Page 2
9. out of 30 years.
EFS_well3_LT.WET
1987
0.
6.
1988
1.
14.
1989
0.
11.
1990
0.
7.
1991
0.
10.
1992
1.
14.
1993
1.
17.
1994
0.
8.
Number of Years with at least one period =
Page 2
9. out of 30 years.

wy
L
Y
5
0
-5
-10
-15
-20
-25
-30
-35
-40
-45
-50
-55
-60
-65
-70
-75
-80
-85
-90
-95
-100
*rainage
(statistical difference = 509 inches)
a
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
r r F a I
-- - -pr- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
p B a - - @-
- - -i @ -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - a- - - - - - - p@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - -- e -------------------------------------------------------
@ p r
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
a rr a
r r
-- - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - -
a
� -o
r a
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - p - - - - - - - - - a - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-- - - - - - - -- r @- -rs - - - - -
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - --ra--a-y-----------------
9 @
@ @ B p Ba --
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-- - - - - - - - - @
- ---- ' - -- - -- �-
I ]
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
r
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-- - - - - - - - - -
a
-w -uA ia- aA-o-A-ei
Land Management Group, lnc.
www.lmgroup.net
Kl� VII
Observed ALCalculated —Soil Surface
EFS Mitigation, Cal Miller
6 Pender County, NC
6 Monitoring device location 3
6 March 1, 2011 -
6 May 31, 2011

EFS_we113_LT.WET
-----------------------------------------------------
* DRAINMOD version 6.1
Copyright 1980 -2011 North Carolina state University
----------------------------------------------- - - - - --
EFS Mitigation 40- 09 -190b, Cal Miller, Croatan soil, #3 LT
Station 311222 eurgaw, NC Weather Data
*********************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * **
**
-RUN STATISTICS time: 10/ 7/2011 @ 14°46
input file: C:\Drainmod\inpUtS\EFS\EFS-well3-LT-prj
parameters: free drainage and yields not calculated
drain spacing = 10. cm drain depth = 2.0 cm
------------------------------------------------------------------ - - - - --
DRAINMOD - -- WET PERIOD EVALUATION
* * * * ** version 6.1 * * * * **
Number of periods with water table closer than 30.50 cm
for at least 12 days. Counting starts on day
78 and ends on day 315 of each year
YEAR Number of Periods Longest Consecutive
of 12 days or Period in Days
more with WTD
< 30.50 cm
------------ - - - - -- --------------- - - - --
1965 3. 48.
1966 4. 80.
1967 2. 92.
1968 2. 59.
1969 3. 41.
1970 3. 58.
1971 3. 64.
1972 2. 56.
1973 5. 49.
1974 3. 74.
1975 4. 44.
1976 5. 86.
1977 3. 48.
1978 2. 64.
1979 3. 69.
1980 2. 70.
1981 3. 66.
1982 3. 66.
1983 2. 60.
1984 3. 56.
1985 3. 62.
1986 2. 101.
Page 1

Number of Years with at least one period =
Page 2
30. out of 30 years.
EPS_well3_LT.WET
1997
3.
45.
1988
4.
66.
1989
2.
54.
1990
2.
75.
1991
3.
53.
1992
5.
54.
1993
2.
53.
1994
4.
55.
Number of Years with at least one period =
Page 2
30. out of 30 years.

EFS_well6_LT.WET
-----------------------------------------------------
* DRAINMOD version 5.1
* copyright 1980 -04 North Carolina State university
----------------------------------------------- - - - - --
EFS Mitigation 40- 09 -190b, Cal Miller, Croatan Soil, #6 LT
Station 319457, NWilm NC Weather Data
**
-- -RUN STATISTICS ---- - - - - -- time: 6/23/2011 @ 11:31
input file: C: \Program Files \Dra -inMod 6.0 \DrainMod \inputs \EF
parameters: free drainage and yields not calculated
drain spacing = 42670. cm drain depth = 122.0 cm
------------------------------------------------------- - - - - -- ----- - - - - --
D R A I N M 0 D - -- HYDROLOGY EVALUATION
* * * * ** INTERIM EXPERIMENTAL RELEASE * * * * **
Number of periods with water table closer than 30.50 cm
for at least 12 days. Counting starts on day
78 and ends on day 315 of each year
YEAR Number of Periods Longest Consecutive
of 12 days or Period in Days
more with WTD
< 30.50 cm
------------ - - - - -- --------------- - - - --
1965 0. 7.
1966 0. 7.
1967 0. 0.
1968 0. 2.
1969 0. 10.
1970 0. 6.
1971 0. 8.
1972 0. 0.
1973 0. 3.
1974 0. 8.
1975 0. 3.
1976 0. 5.
1977 0. 4.
1978 0. 3.
1979 1. 12.
1980 0. 9.
1981 0. 6.
1982 0. 0.
1983 1. 16.
1984 0. 5.
1985 0. 0.
1986 0. 6.
Page 1

EFS_well6_LT.WET
1987 0. 2.
1988 0. 8.
1989 0. 9.
1990 0. 5.
1991 0. 7.
1992 1. 12.
1993 1. 13.
1994 0. 3.
Number of Years with at least one period = 4. out of 30 years.
Page 2
I

tis
tU
G?
L.
AW
5
0
-5
-10
-15
-20
-25
-30
-35
-40
-45
-50
-55
-60
-65
-70
-75
-80
-85
-90
-95
-100
Wra'Nnage Assessment
(statistical difference =6 91 inches)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
---------- - --,_� ----- - - - -- -- p 9
119 I I I IQ -----------------------------------------
9�------- - - - - -- -- PQ---------------------
B 1 tlt
- - -- IV. IL - - - - - - - - - - - I I B. q � -- q9 -at - - - - - - - - - - - - - - P' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
A Q if
a
9 9 p P fa----- II-------- - - - - -- - - - - - - - - -
--------------
1 B
Y I
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - PI- - - - - - - - - - - - - --------- - - - - -- I - - - - pP -- - - - - - - - - - -- - - - q- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 p
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I --- -- - - - - -4¢ --- ---------- - -- - -9 -- e -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
II 9 I 9
-
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - If- -9 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -p gQ - - - - - - r - - - p- - - - - - - - - - - - L -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
IP a
P-0
P
- - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - -
la B
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - a-
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
I I p PP I P
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Q- -- - I- Ip- - - - - - - - - -
t p
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 P -A�-
9 a
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-- P - --
Q p
Land Management Group, Inc.
wuvr.imgroup.net
"IV �oP ti�P
Observed Calculated ®Soil Surface
6 EFS Mitigation, Cal Miller
6 Pender County, NC
6 Monitoring device location 6
6 March 1, 2011 -
6 May 31, 2011
3� ��a ���a ���,a �o�a ���a �o-k"a

EFS_we1l6_LT.WET
-----------------------------------------------------
* DRAINMOD version 6.1
* Copyright 1980 -2011 North Carolina State University
----------------------------------------------- - - - - --
EFS Mitigation 40- 09 -190b, Cal Miller, Croatan Soil, #6 LT
Station 319457, NWilm NC Weather Data
*********************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * **
**
--- - - - - -- -RUN STATISTICS ------ 7--- time: 10/ 712011 @ 14048
input file: C ° \Drainmod \inputs \EFS \EFSwe116_LT.prj
parameters: free drainage and yields not calculated
drain spacing = 10. cm drain depth = 2.0 cm
------------------------------------------------------------------ - - - - --
DRAINMOD - -- WET PERIOD EVALUATION
* * * * ** version 6.1 * * * * **
Number of periods with water table closer than 30.50 cm
for at least 12 days. Counting starts on day
78 and ends on day 315 of each year
YEAR Number of Periods Longest Consecutive
of 12 days or Period in Days
more with WTD
< 30.50 cm
------------ - - - - -- --------------- - - --
1965 2. 36.
1966 3. 105.
1967 2. 92.
1968 3. 57.
1969 4. 32.
1970 3. 75.
1971 4. 64.
1972 2. 67.
1973 4. 48.
1974 4. 86.
1975 4. 37.
1976 4. 87.
1977 2. 67.
1978 2. 63.
1979 5. 60.
1980 2. 77.
1981 3. 66.
1982 4. 60.
1983 3. 72.
1984 3. 55.
1985 2. 57.
1986 4. 61.
Page 1

Number of Years with at least one period =
Page 2
30. out of 30 years.
EE5_we116_LT.WET
1987
3.
53.
1988
2.
112.
1989
4.
77.
1990
2.
62.
1991
3.
50.
1992
6.
44.
1993
3.
51.
1994
4.
55.
Number of Years with at least one period =
Page 2
30. out of 30 years.

EFS_well9_LT.WET
-----------------------------------------------------
* DRAINMOD version 5.1
* Copyright 1980 -04 North Carolina State university
----------------------------------------------- - - - - --
EFS Mitigation 40- 09 -190b, Cal Miller, Croatan, #9 LT
Station 319457, Nwilm NC Weather Data
*********************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * **
--- - - - - -- -RUN STATISTICS ---- - - - - -- time: 6/24/2011 @ 9:39
input file: Co \Program Files \DrainMod 6.0 \DrainMod \inputs \EF
parameters: free drainage and yields not calculated
drain spacing = 6500. cm drain depth = 122.0 cm
------------------------------------------------------------------ - - - - --
D R A I N M 0 D - -- HYDROLOGY EVALUATION
* * * * ** INTERIM EXPERIMENTAL RELEASE * * * * **
Number of periods with water table closer than 30.50 cm
for at least 12 days. Counting starts on day
78 and ends on day 315 of each year
YEAR Number of Periods Longest Consecutive
of 12 days or Period in Days
more with WTD
< 30.50 cm
------------ - - - - -- --------------- - - - --
1965 0. 8•
1966 0. 4.
1967 0. 0.
1968 0. 0.
1969 0. 10.
1970 0. 5.
1971 0. 7.
1972 0. 0.
1973 0. 1.
1974 0. 8.
1975 0. 0.
1976 0. 3.
1977 0. 4.
1978 0. 0.
1979 0. 9.
1980 0. 7.
1981 0. 6.
1982 0. 0.
1983 0. 10.
1984 0. 5.
1985 0. 0.
1986 0. 0.
Page 1

i
EFS_we119_LT.WET
1987 0. 0.
1988 0. 0.
1989 0. 8.
1990 0. 0.
1991 0. 7.
1992 0. 6.
1993 0. 4.
1994 0. 1.
Number of Years with at least one period = 0. out of 30 years.
Page 2

a)
a)
4m
W
L_
5
0
-5
-10
-15
-20
-25
-30
-35
-40
-45
-50
-55
-60
-65
-70
-75
-80
-85
-90
-95
-100
-105
-110
-115
-120
(statistical difference =1.64 inches)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a---------------------------------------------------------------------
B -- - - - - --
---- -------------- - - - - -- -
B
° -
--ay-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- -- -- -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
B
9
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - P - --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - ° -° 1 9 L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - -- -- - - --
- -----
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - B - -O'� r -- - - - - - - - ° - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
° __
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
9
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
B a
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ° ---09------------
a ° B °
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - -
- - -- - - - a - - - - - - - - -
o --
. �1 9 99 9�9V9_°Y_°B a° t�
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - V ------ - - - - --
° ° 9 91
Land Management Group, Inc.
www.lmgroup.net
Observed — Calculated —Soil Surface
FSE Mitigation, Cal Miller
6 Pender County, NC
6 Monitoring device location 9
6 April 1, 2011 -
6 May 31, 2011
0

Y`
EFS_well9_LT.WET
-----------------------------------------------------
* DRAINMOD version 6.1
* Copyright 1980 -2011 North Carolina state university
----------------------------------------------- - - - - --
EFS Mitigation 40- 09 -190b, Cal Miller, #9 LT
Wilmington, NC Weather Data
*********************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * **
**
--- - - - - -- -RUN STATISTICS ---- - - - - -- times 10/ 7/2011 @ 14:40
input file: C ° \Drainmod \inputs \EFS \EFS_well9_LT.prj
parameters: free drainage and yields not calculated
drain spacing = 10. cm drain depth = 2.0 cm
------------------------------------------------------------------ - - - - --
DRAINMOD - -- WET PERIOD EVALUATION
* * * * ** Version 6.1 * * * * **
Number of periods with water table closer than 30.50 cm
for at least 12 days.
Counting starts on day
78 and ends on day 315
of each year
YEAR
Number of Periods
Longest Consecutive
of 12 days or
Period in Days
more with WTD
< 30.50 cm
------------ - - - - --
--------------- - - --
1965
2.
36.
1966
5.
54.
1967
3.
64.
1968
2.
55.
1969
5.
40.
1970
3.
58.
1971
4.
51.
1972
2.
56.
1973
4.
42.
1974
S.
61.
1975
3.
35.
1976
3.
65.
1977
2.
66.
1978
2.
62.
1979
5.
60.
1980
2.
75.
1981
3.
54.
1982
3.
62.
1983
4.
72.
1984
3.
44.
1985
2.
56.
1986
3.
74.
Page
1

Number of Years with at least one period = 30. out of 30 years.
Page 2
EES_well9_LT.WET
1987
2.
51.
1988
4.
73.
1989
5.
68.
1990
2.
73.
1991
3.
50.
1992
6.
44.
1993
3.
46.
1994
4.
55.
Number of Years with at least one period = 30. out of 30 years.
Page 2

EFS_well10_LT.WET
-----------------------------------------------------
* DRAINMOD version 5.1
* Copyright 1980 -04 North Carolina state University
----------------------------------------------- - - - - --
EFS Mitigation 40- 09 -190b, Cal Miller, Croatan Soil, #10-LT
319457, NWilm NC Weather Data
**
--- - - - - -- -RUN STATISTICS ---- - - - - -- time: 6/24/2011 @ 10°11
input file: Co \Program Files \DrainMod 6.0 \DrainMod \inputs \EF
parameters: free drainage and yields not calculated
drain spacing = 6500. cm drain depth = 122.0 cm
------------------------------------------------------------------ - - - - --
D R A I N M 0 D - -- HYDROLOGY EVALUATION
* * * * ** INTERIM EXPERIMENTAL RELEASE * * * * **
Number of periods with water table closer than 30.50 cm
for at least 12 days. Counting starts on day
78 and ends on day 315 of each year
YEAR Number of Periods Longest Consecutive
of 12 days or Period in Days
more with WTD
< 30.50 cm
------------ - - - - -- -------------------
19�5 0. 8.
1966 0. 4.
1967 0. 0.
1968 0. 0.
1969 0. 10.
1970 0. 5.
1971 0. 7.
1972 0. 0.
1973 0. 1.
1974 0. 8.
1975 0. 0.
1976 0. 3.
1977 0. 4.
1978 0. 0.
1979 0. 9.
1980 0. 7.
1981 0. 6.
1982 0. 0.
1983 0. 10.
1984 0. 5.
1985 0. 0.
1986 0. 0.
Page 1

Number of Years with at least one period =
Page 2
0.
0.
8.
0.
7.
6.
4.
1.
0. out of 30 years.
EFS_we1110_LT.WET
1987
0.
1988
0.
1989
0.
1990
0.
1991
0.
1992
0.
1993
0.
1994
0.
Number of Years with at least one period =
Page 2
0.
0.
8.
0.
7.
6.
4.
1.
0. out of 30 years.

r
0
LMI
5
0
-5
-10
-15
-20
-25
-30
-35
-40
-45
-50
-55
-60
-65
-70
-75
-80
-85
-90
-95
-100
-105
-110
-115
-120
(statistical difference =1 e69 inches)
------ - - - - -- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
8-------------------------------------------------------------
- -------- --- ---- -- ---------- ---- ------- ------- - ----- - ----- - -- ------ -- -- -------- - ------ - ----- - - - - -- - - - - - --
v@ D
---- -----------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------
P B t p
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - —
pp B @9
t
-------- - - - - -- ----------------------------------------------
B D
D
---------------------------- - - - - -° D ➢ -� ------ P�- 9-------------------------------- -------- ---- ----- - --- --
L---------------------------------- - - - - -- - -- r ---------------------------------------------------
�9B P
B
@ B
1 @
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
--- - --@ D - --9 ---D-0--------------D-9 - - -
--
e -•
- - V DD BE
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ° IF _
--------------------------------------------
D t PPI
PQt PQ� PQc
Land Management Group, Inc,
wwwA ngroupo net
NN
PQc PQs PQ�
N
N 6 ��
Observed "Calculated —Soil Surface
6 EFS Mitigation, Cal Miller
6 Pender County, NC
6 Monitoring device location 10
6 April 1, 2011 -
6 May 31, 2011

�keayvve� �5
EFS_well10_LT.WET
DRAINMOD version 6.1
Copyright 1980 -2011 North Carolina State university R
----------------------------------------------- - - - - --
EFS Mitigation 40- 09 -190b, Cal Miller, Croatan Soil, #10-LT
Station 311222 Burgaw, NC weather Data
--- - - - - -- -RUN STATISTICS ---- - - - - -- time: 10/ 7/2011 @ 14°34
input file: C ° \DrainMod \inputs \EFS \EFS_we1110_LT.prj
parameters: free drainage and yields not calculated
drain spacing = 10. cm drain depth = 2.0 cm
------------------------------------------------------------------ - - - - --
DRAINMOD - -- WET PERIOD EVALUATION
* * * * ** version 6.1 * * * * **
Number of periods with water table closer than 30.50 cm
for at least 12 days. Counting starts on day
78 and ends on day 315 of each year
YEAR Number of Periods Longest Consecutive
of 12 days or Period in Days
more with WTD
< 30.50 cm
------------ - - - - -- --------------- - - --
1965 2. 36.
1966 5. 54.
1967 3. 64.
1968 2. 55.
1969 5. 40.
1970 3. 58.
1971 4. 51.
1972 2. 56.
1973 4. 42.
1974 5. 61.
1975 3. 35.
1976 3. 65.
1977 2. 66.
1978 2. 62.
1979 5. 60.
1980 2. 75.
1981 3. 54.
1982 3. 62.
1983 4. 72.
1984 3. 44.
1985 2. 56.
1986 3. 74.
Page 1
E

Number of Years with at least one period =
Page 2
51.
73.
68.
73.
50.
44.
46.
55.
30. out of 30 years.
EFS_we1110_LT.WET
1987
2.
1988
4.
1989
5.
1990
2.
1991
3.
1992
6.
1993
3.
1994
4.
Number of Years with at least one period =
Page 2
51.
73.
68.
73.
50.
44.
46.
55.
30. out of 30 years.

APPENDIX F:
US FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE LETTER
LMG
I AND MANAGEMENT GROW —
r""Onmenral C .... lwtr
September 2012

TOFty�'y� United States Department ®f the Interior
H A-o FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE
� a
Raleigh Field Office
Post Office Box 33726
CH a Is Raleigh, North Carolina 27636 -3726
March 23, 2011
Mickey Sugg
U S Army Corps of Engineers, Wilmington District
Wilmington Regulatory Field Office
69 Darlington Avenue
Wilmington NC 28403 -1343
Rc `"'cticrds Rcsourcc Cen tcr/ 2011 1- 00,17"',/ P tn. dcr C'ou: -it
Dear Mr Sugg-
RECEIVED
MAR 2 8 2011
REG WILM FLD OFC
The U S Fish and Wildlife Service (Service) has reviewed the project advertised in the above referenced
Public Notice The project, as advertised in the Public Notice, is expected to have minimal adverse
impacts to fish and wildlife resources Therefore, we have no objection to the activity as described in the
permit application
In accordance with the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended, (ESA) and based on the
information provided, and other available information, it appears the action is not likely to adversely
affect federally listed species or their critical habitat as defined by the ESA We believe that the
requirements of section 7 (a)(2) of the ESA have been satisfied for this project Please remember that
obligations under the ESA must be reconsidered if (1) new information identifies impacts of this action
that may affect listed species or critical habitat in a manner not previously considered, (2) this action is
modified in a manner that was not considered in this review, or, (3) a new species is listed or critical
habitat determined that may be affected by the identified action
For your convenience a list of all federally protected endangered and threatened species in North Carolina
is now available on our website at <http / /www fws gov /raleigh Our web page contains a complete and
updated list of federally protected species, and a list of federal species of concern known to occur in each
county in North Carolina
The Service appreciates the opportunity to review and provide continents on the proposed action
Should you have any questions regarding the project, please contact John Ellis at (919) 856 -4520,
extension 26
Sinc ,
Pe en�amin
Field Supervisor
cc NMFS, Beaufort, NC
EPA, Atlanta, GA
WRC, Raleigh
i" -

APPENDIX G:
STATE HISTORIC PRESERVATION OFFICE LETTER
LMG
LAND MANAGEMENT GROUP tn�
Fnvi —entol Consultants
September 2012

RECEIVED
MAR 2 4 2011
REG. WILM FLD. OFC.
North Carolina Department of Cultural Resources
State Historic Preservation Office
Peter B Sandbeck, Admuu,trator
Beverly Eaves Perdue, Governor Office of Archives and History
Linda A Carlisle, Secretary Division of Historical Resources
Jeffrey J Crow, Deputy Secretary David Brook, Director
March 22, 2011
Mickey Sugg
Corps of Engineers, Wilmington District
69 Darlington Avenue
Wilmington, NC 28403
Re Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank, Holly Shelter Site, Pender County, ER 11 -0355
Dear Mr Sugg-
We have received a public notice from the US Army Corps of Engineers concerning the above project
We have conducted a review of the project and are aware of no historic resources wluch would be affected by
the project. Therefore, we have no comment on the project as proposed
The above comments are made pursuant to Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act and the
above comments are made pursuant to Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act and the Advisory
Council on Historic Preservation's Regulations for Compliance with Section 106 codified at 36 CFR Part 800.
Thank you for your cooperation and consideration If you have questions concerning the above comment,
please contact Renee Gledhill- Earley, environmental review coordinator, at 919- 807 -6579 In all future
communication concerning this project, please cite the above - referenced tracking number
Sincerely,
Claudia Biown
U
Locatiom 109 East Joneti Street, Raleigh NC 27601 Mailing Address 4617 Mad Sen ice Center, Raleii,;li NC 27699 -4617
Telephone /Fax. [phone] -6599

APPENDIX H:
FOREST HABITAT MANAGEMENT PLAN
LMG
LAND MANAGEMENT GROUP..,
Environ —1.1 C. —Il.w,
September 2012

FOREST HABITAT MANAGEMENT PLAN
NORTHEAST CAPE FEAR UMBRELLA MITIGATION BANK
HOLLY SHELTER BAY TRACT
PINE SAVANNA LANDS (APPROXIMATELY 213 ACRES)
September 2012
Phase 1. Silvicultural Thinning
Selective thinning to a basal area of approximately 40 sf /acre will be performed prior to, or
concurrent with hydrologic restoration of site. The objective of the thinning is for habitat
improvements Therefore, mid -story hardwoods will be removed and target pines (including
the larger specimens and any trees scarred by lightning to be left)
Phase 2 Prescribed Burn
Prescribed burning following harvest will remove remnant shrub and organic debris from the
soil surface, thus promoting the generation of native, site - appropriate herbaceous
groundcovers. Firebreaks will consist of existing natural features (riverine swamp forest
wetlands) and existing roads (and roadside ditches) In addition, installation of a fire line
around the perimeter of the area to be burned will also provide additional control. The fire line
will not be a "fire plow" as this type of furrow can influence surface drainage Rather a 12- to
14 -ft wide lane will be bladed using a D6 bulldozer After completion of the prescribed burn,
the bladed line can be seeded with native grasses Refer to the attached figure depicting the
proposed burn limits /zones and firebreaks
All burns will be performed by a certified North Carolina Prescribed Burner The initial site
preparation burn will occur during the latter part of the winter season. Logging decks left from
the harvest will be burned and seeded Burns will take place during favorable weather
conditions (e.g low wind speeds and higher fuel moisture) to more effectively control fire In
addition, wind speed and direction will be monitored for smoke management. All silvicultural
BMPs for prescribed burning will be followed Burns will be performed in accordance with state
statutes and local ordinances
After the initial site preparation burn, future forest management burning will be conducted on
approximate 3 -year intervals during the extent of the mitigation site monitoring (anticipated
during Year 3 and Year 6) Since the pine savanna restoration includes necessary hydrologic
monitoring, any monitoring wells sited within the proposed burn limits will be temporarily
removed and re- installed subsequent to the burn Firebreaks will be installed around the
perimeter of planted zones to minimize risk to any planted areas. In addition, roads identified to
remain as part of the project will continue to serve as firebreaks. Fire plow lines will be used
only under emergency conditions. Any fire plow line installed (for emergency use) within
wetlands will be restored to original grade As has been well - recogmzed, prescribed burning is
an effective management practice for fire suppression and will ultimately reduce the risk of
extreme wildfire that could impact the site and adjacent properties
Northeast Cape Fear Umbrella Mitigation Bank
Forest Habitat Management Plan — Pine Savanna

Property Boundary (1273 ac.)
Existing Ditch
Wet Pine Savanna Restoration
Harvest Limits (Selective Thinning)
Prescribed Burn Zones (with firebrakes -
natural / existing / proposed)
Remaining Upland
Upland Not in Easement
0 500 1000 2000
iiiii
- - - -...
� I
I
� � I
� I
� I
I
/ I
jI
I
/ I
j I
I
� I
I
II
I
I
J
i
i
i
i
i
i
PRELIMINARY
,LMG
LAND MANAGEMENT GROUP INC.
Environmental Consultants
Post Office Box 2522
Wilmington, North Carolina 28402
Telephone: [phone]
NOTE: This Is Not An Engineered, Survey, or Architectural Drawing
NOTE: Parcel Boundaries From Pender County GIS.
Project: Date: Revision Date:
NE Cape Fear 9/20/12 N/A
Mitigation Bank Scale: Job Number:
Title: 1" =1000, 40- 09 -190B
Silvicultural Management Drawn By: Figure:
LES Appendix H
/
I
- - - -...
� I
I
� � I
� I
� I
I
/ I
jI
I
/ I
j I
I
� I
I
II
I
I
J
i
i
i
i
i
i
PRELIMINARY
,LMG
LAND MANAGEMENT GROUP INC.
Environmental Consultants
Post Office Box 2522
Wilmington, North Carolina 28402
Telephone: [phone]
NOTE: This Is Not An Engineered, Survey, or Architectural Drawing
NOTE: Parcel Boundaries From Pender County GIS.
Project: Date: Revision Date:
NE Cape Fear 9/20/12 N/A
Mitigation Bank Scale: Job Number:
Title: 1" =1000, 40- 09 -190B
Silvicultural Management Drawn By: Figure:
LES Appendix H

APPENDIX I:
ECOREGION MAP
LMG
I AND MANAGEMENT GROW -
September 2012

Ecoregions of North Carolina
45 Piedmont
O 45a Southern Inner Piedmont
D 45b Southern Outer Piedmont
D 45c Carolina Slate Belt
45e Northern Inner Piedmont
45f Northern Outer Piedmont
i� 45g Triassic Basins
0 45i Kings Mountain
63 Middle Atlantic Coastal Plain
O 63b Chesapeake - Pamlico Lowlands and Tidal Marshes
63c Nonriverine Swamps and Peatlands
D 63d Virginian Barrier Islands and Coastal Marshes
D 63e Mid - Atlantic Flatwoods
63g Carolinian Barrier Islands and Coastal Marshes
O 63h Carolina Flatwoods
O 63n Mid - Atlantic Floodplains and Low Terraces
65 Southeastern Plains
O 65c Sand Hills
(� 651 Atlantic Southern Loam Plains
O 65m Rolling Coastal Plain
65p Southeastern Floodplains and Low Terraces
66 Blue Ridge
® 66c New River Plateau
66d Southern Crystalline Ridges and Mountains
D 66e Southern Sedimentary Ridges
66g Southern Metasedimentary Mountains
66i High Mountains
EEO 66j Broad Basins
66k Amphibolite Mountains
661 Eastern Blue Ridge Foothills
66m Sauratown Mountains
Ecoregions denote areas of general similarity in ecosystems and in
the type. quality, and quantity of environmental resources. They
are designed to serve as a spatial framework for the research,
Level III ecoregion
assessment, management, and monitoring of ecosystems and
Level IV ecoregion
ecosystem components. The approach used to compile this map is
- - - - - -- County boundary
based on the premise that ecological regions can be identified
- - - -- State boundary
through the analysis of the patterns of biotic and ahiotic
phenomena that reflect differences in ecosystem quality and
integrity. These phenomena include geology, physiography.
vegetation, climate, soils, land use, wildlife, and hydrology. The
relative importance of each characteristic varies from one
ecological region to another regardless of the hierarchical level.
ism s o
The Ecoregions of North Carolina map was compiled at a scale of
m Mi, ^�
1:250,000. Compilation of this map is part of a collaborative
w �n in n , izo r,,,
project primarily between the US EPA, USDA -NRCS, NC DENR,
Albers Equal Area Projection
as well as with other state and federal agencies. Comments and
suggestions regarding this map should be addressed to Glenn
Griffith, USDA -NRCS. 200 SW 35th Street. Corvallis. OR 97333.
(541) 754 -4465, email: griftith.glenn @epa.gov. or to James
Omernik, U.S. EPA - NHEERL, 200 SW 35th Street. Corvallis.
OR 97333, (541) 754 -4458, email: [e-mail].

APPENDIX J:
CONSERVATION EASEMENT PLAT
LMG
I AND MANAGEMENT GROUP -
September 2012

\
\
WOUCI( SALENA Y
1620/210
�NE99T=N�
/ xtLtlAU6.
(, JAYES ARTMIB `
t a a 1
1
/ 1
/
x
`1\ IIrw��a i
YE G— LARRY
1 1 \ GMV1 a
\
11 \ 11 754/)7 59
/
` / FE9 f,Y ,F1E5 LLL
_
it v
7
c\
1 \
1 1
\
1 1 1
RANCE
;
i8 88
1254
31 74
3241
o5 so
5789
;
1592
5854
2693
\
1 \ \
1
1 1
59 89
71 31
1
\
11 57
36 53
\
1742
3139
/368
6750
6763
3673
\
\ \ \
:6211
4322
\ _\
6255
\
12.37
r
1
1
1
STATE 06 NM CARIXINA
2n /—
I
I
I
I I
I ,
I '
I , 1
1 , I
I , I I cEwwEw
� i ANNEr'E�'1'ELER9oN I 1
A—nELE9soN
I I I 1
I
I
/
\`
I I I I I
I I I 1 I
EXCEPTION
PARCEL G
I I I
I I I 1 I
I I I
I I I
I I I I I
I I I I I I
I I I I I I
SHEET 5
I I 1 I 1 1 Ev^N9 nuNE3 uc
I , 1 1 I I zomnL�
I ,
I I I 1 I 1
vs>t ASSOC us ET k
J
SHEET 4
r
r
`v
EXCEPTION
PARCEL E
EXCEPTION
PARCEL"D
SCALE 1" =600
0 300 600 1200 1800 2400
SCALE 1' =600
SHEET 3
1
\`1
\
MB 47 PC 68
1
1
1
` EXCEPTION y/
PARCEL A
11 //
i
1
1
1 �
11 ,
PARCEL B
1 �f�
Q
SHEET 2
404 WETLANDS
U
o
a
no
0
Wow
�z
oou
Z W
WU
OII i7a Xk
FF�'ll a Z Oro
z Z U
�co ^�z
11/A1�ll Z o
^2���P
U
P z
�o
W Ca
� z
2a�c:
O
QwZ
W P. V)
z
�z °
x x
\g o
S_
z$
2sw° n
�w
SEAL
PRELIMINARY
DRAWING
DO NOT USE FOR
CONSTRUCTION
RECORDATION,
CONVEYANCES
OR SALES
1 OF 5
PEI JOB# 11151 PE
�NE99T=N�
/
x
`1\ IIrw��a i
1 x
\
U
�z
/
` / FE9 f,Y ,F1E5 LLL
_
I
\
1
1
1
` EXCEPTION y/
PARCEL A
11 //
i
1
1
1 �
11 ,
PARCEL B
1 �f�
Q
SHEET 2
404 WETLANDS
U
o
a
no
0
Wow
�z
oou
Z W
WU
OII i7a Xk
FF�'ll a Z Oro
z Z U
�co ^�z
11/A1�ll Z o
^2���P
U
P z
�o
W Ca
� z
2a�c:
O
QwZ
W P. V)
z
�z °
x x
\g o
S_
z$
2sw° n
�w
SEAL
PRELIMINARY
DRAWING
DO NOT USE FOR
CONSTRUCTION
RECORDATION,
CONVEYANCES
OR SALES
1 OF 5
PEI JOB# 11151 PE

�✓� L75 MATCH LINE SHEET 3
MATCH LINE SHEET 4 MATCH LINE SHEET 4
� ^b
vo W �6
�A9„� m �� TRACT x �oP°
xg MB 47 PG 68 F yyy
2
009 EXCEPTION C95
o (� PARCEL "C"
'' os 358,896 SO FT 9s efi
v 474 <lo� OR 8 239± ACRES eTyy�
' L115 INSET "A" qp�
<lls m yyy
limos X99 � P
G
00
�h
<loe �\yp
0
47j8
p1-
70
4
X779
L73 57706 WE 7890 -7 ry�
1-74 S41105 33 "W 3492 �O�A �'+� 1-120 125 1124
08 PARCEL "B"
L75 S88 43 40 "W 11105 <r 9� 170,291 SO FT 6
L76 S08 24 05 "W 20263 9� OR 3 909± ACRES �� Al
L77 S24'23 54 "W 62 95
L78 S05 52 WE 9067
L79 S33 43'06 "W 26 42 v S77"?,
L80 N38 49 52 "E 3363 N 1g 59 "E
L81 N26 20 03 "E 26 25
L82 N55-25 15 "E 3212 J TRACT B a
L83 N51 37 29 "E 2493 MB 47 PG 68 4'
L84 N30 49 WE 2022
L85 N080437 "W 4249 EXCEPTION
1-86 N24 04 37 "E 2590 = `ti LAI
L87 N044124 "W 3103
L88 N38'29'38"W 2777 w PARCEL "A" s
L89 N224039 "W 2733 7 231,154 $O FT w
OR 5 307± ACRES N
1-90 N26 55 34'E 4475
L91 N41 14 47 "E 1566 �� Z M1 (ROAD AREA=
Lsz N51'56 WE 4010 � a 14,798 SO FT
L93 N32 39 26 "E 50 33 $ u�
L94 S15 41 47 "W 6087
m w ru.aru-r OR 0340 ACRE)
1-95 575 35 09 "E 6571 �
L96 S53 44 41 "E 9165 z £
L97 S12 57 WE 4886
L98 S03 59 02 "W 4433 h b5 •`�
L99 55415 35 "E 6105 a+ N47,04 48 "W ybti HS43y77 ,,by y�0
L700 S24 42 44 "E 5925
4870
k
L101 S08'S5 07 "E 58 35
1-102 552 35 20 "W 9135
L103 584'18 45 W 17705
L104 N59'07 24 "W 11110
L105 N66'12 58 "W 22757
L706 N35 17 48 "W 15507
L107 N70 51 01"W 14799
L108 N59 03'45"W 7269
L109 N78'19 41"W 7149
L110 S32 05 38 "W 8815 Z
L711 S48 38 40 "E 5813
L112 N48 38 40 "W 10342 w
1-113 N31 33 39 "E 8434
L114 S62 29 39 "E 9830 N
L115 S84 33 53 "E 8918 £ ��
L116 S65 3512"E 6367 ,y�L
L117 S27 45 WE 15387
L118 S66 31 22 "E 156 49 �gE�
L119 S60 35 45 "E 15992
L120 N86'20 WE 231 53 yPp�
L121 N55 54 36 "E 7392 PpG�y
L122 S00 36 48 "E 4038 ,5p
L123 S28 31 58 "W 5400
Li 24 N82 45 39 "W 5837
L125 S66 39 56 "W 8505
L726 S57 28 57 "W 7752
L127 S23 56 31"W 5099
L128 S01 21 40 "W 4288
L129 S21 05 43 "E 62 73
L130 S12 37 01 "E 119 13
L131 S58 46 15 W 4415 w,
L132 S02 53 18 "W 13241 f
L133 N16'18 36 "W 82 58 L150 S48 10 06 "W 1459 30 L1
L134 N2431 45 "W 172 37 L151 542 5512 "W 607 55
1-735 N32 47 33 "W 165 67 L152 S51 26 29 "W 232 26 154 o 50 loo SCALE 201 =100 Soo 400
L135 N41 35 46 "W 122 78 L152 S5510 26 45 "W 539 88
1137 N47'01 32 "W 729 24 1-154 S77 31 42 "W 32 73
L138 N48 38 40 "W 459 56 L155 N12 28 18 "W 2999
.-7
O
a
z�x
W °o
UOtrr
�
�
zN
]�W
x
,°�z
O
o z
U
w u
M
N �
Ok. p�rnXt
z
� ° "o U
�?o��M1z
a
H
U
ra.� z
za o
zP4z�a
O�rl m {+x
r � Wrrl O
H W 0
�z�00
h8 0
G�
8acw o`�offi�
SEAL
PRELIMINARY
DRAWING
DO NOT USE FOR
CONSTRUCTION
RECORDATION
CONVEYANCES
OR SALES
20F5
PEI JOBp 17151 PE
LINE TABLE
LINE B
BEARING D
DISTANCE
Ll N
N77 37 06 "E 2
26 67
1-2 N
N55'10 45 "E 5
533 11
1-3 N
N51'26 29 "E 2
229 04
1-4 N
N42 55 72 "E 6
606 69
1-5 N
N48'10 O6 "E 1
1460 80
DO NOT USE FOR
CONSTRUCTION
RECORDATION
CONVEYANCES
OR SALES
20F5
PEI JOBp 17151 PE

LINE TABLE
LINE
BEARING
DISTANCE
L24
S87 25 37 "E
1262
L25
N61 30 15 "E
4295
L26
NBW04 45 "E
101 87
L27
S87 35 WE
8885
L28
S79'03 WE
7848
L29
S56'12 WE
12902
L30
S10 13 40 "E
5509
L31
S25 02 35 "W
46 73
L32
S01 22 WE
6963
L33
S36 55 13 "E
166 76
L34
S05 34 25 "W
136 87
L35
SID 58 49 E
11391
L36
S17 19 03 "E
8536
L37
S26 53 28 "E
2593
L38
S88 43 10 "E
1883
L39
N74 03 WE
1978
L40
N74'03 49 "E
2596
L41
N17-59 33 "W
5500
L42
N27'12 WE
2079
L43
N72-1551 "E
6447
1-44
N09 35 06 W
6062
L45
N32 46 00 W
5765
L46
N33 29 WE
8226
L47
N2429 53 E
5497
L48
N12 05'46 "E
16459
L49
S63 55 30 "W
93 46
L50
S54 58 39 "W
4974
L51
N8329 01 "W
12258
L52
N08 12 15 "W
9728
L53
N00 48 51 "E
96 55
L54
N59 43 40 "W
7034
L55
N81 06 59 "W
16558
L56
S5220 30 "W
99 02
L57
N36 24 02 "W
81 03
L58
N0026 18 "W
7753
L59
N70 47 40 W
91 60
L60
589.15 26 "W
126 93
L61
N64 55 07 "W
6765
L62
S11'14 28 W
20562
L63
S28 00 49 "E
8896
L64
54200'29 W
10622
L65
SO6 07 21 E
11420
L66
I S20-06 42 "W
112 75
L68
50814 45 "E
9658
L69
S28 00 02"E
8782
L70
SO6 35 23 "W
16009
L71
S41 44 47 "E
12905
L72
S21'12 17 "W
16052
L73
S17 06 WE
7890
L74
S41 05 33 "W
3492
L75
5884340 "W
111 05
Qx
A
.9 9
EVANS HAINES LLC
2992/311
EXCEPTION PARCEL "D"
1,634,118 SQ FT
OR 37 5141 ACRES
MATCH LINE SHEET 5
r T 9h
1
S7Z77
r y.S�L
18258 W
EXCEPTION PARCEL "D" 28255 vx
1,634,118 SQ FT w
OR 37 514± ACRES Z
0
N J a
0
0
0 m
0 S
-� SCALE 1" =100
!) 50 100 200 300 400
MATCH LINE SHEET 2
U
o
�OO
Na
UzE
,Ou
oz
° A�
o
_ W
u
W�
�JZ �
o
2y[n�rN
G #
Z
y VQZO �
� V
00 rz
9�N �
0
Ly
U
a� z
Z u°
W
�z
a
z� �P
o�pq
F'wza`�
�WOx�
z���
L)Z�R
�? 0
C�
s_
E
aw g�
G o A
SEAL
PRELIMINARY
DRAWING
DO NOT USE FOR
CONSTRUCTION
RECORDATION
CONVEYANCES
OR SALES
3OF5
PEI JOB// 11151 PE

1 L2 N87'05 13'E
196 59'
N
W
L
!9
61J` i� T
T •
' m
A
� m 14 z
in
" m >
y9'J W N
s5
1L6
aye r
EXCEPTION PARCEL "E"
1,310,092 SQ FT
OR 30 076± ACRES
(ROAD AREA =
40,518 SQ FT
OR 0 930 ACRE)
39464
N N84T7915 "W
0
v is
h
ti
L144 L145
L142 N81 39 47 "E 43099
L143 N 43 39 "E 23683
L143 L10 L9 9�
L144 N89 89 33 46'E 15216
ENT L11 <@ �A Li 45 S88 32 42 "E 15228 L146 S62 54 40 "E 8713
L147 537'04 46 "E 2902
L142 ROAD EASEM
gp ACCESS
L141 L12 L148 54623 13 "W 64714
~njs�y) L18 L140 L13
`jv J L17 L14
L15
m
S
�9 Js
es p
F
88 96 y
y1
584 22 33 "W S56'54 48 "W
6801
SCALE 1" =100
50 100 200 300 400
p
LINE TABLE
LINE BEARING DISTANCE
L7 N4623 13 "E 617 65
L8 N62 54 40 "W 68 56
L9 N88 32'42 "W 144 96
L10 589 33 48 "W 148 82
L71 578 43 39 "W 234 75
L21
L12 SB1 39 47 "W 432 68
L13 585'11 03 "W 199 35
L74 586 47 33 "W 195 69
L15 583 34 17 "W 384 80
L16 NO6'25 43 "W 30 00
L17 N83 34 17 E 385 64
L18 N86 47 33 "E 5 47
L19 N07 34 52 W 398 49
L20 N07 34 52 "W 70 24
L21 N8225 OB "E 30 00
L22 N87 OS 13 "E 30 10
L23 N07 34 52 "W 88 61
L7 39 S07 34 52 "E 471 02
L140 N86 47 33 "E 160 55
L741 N85-11 03 "E 198 01
IHM
�-I
O
z x
V
61]
o�x
�°z
0
o
o
w
U
Wz
�W
5O q %k
UvzO °u
Qoz �'DV
c^z
z �o
U
Q
zx��a
H
�Q
oWpW�
H
�z�xz
G8 0�
S_
2aoW o
SEAL
PRELIMINARY
DRAWING
DO NOT USE FOR
CONSTRUCTION
RECORDATION
CONVEYANCES
OR SALES
40F5
PEI JOBq 11151 PE
CONSTRUCTION
RECORDATION
CONVEYANCES
OR SALES
40F5
PEI JOBq 11151 PE

a
m
"
�'rJ
u,
O D
0 A 0
A o,z
z z o
0
D
D j> C C i
Z D (7 N Z
M t, 51 n
o
N Z Z 0
A
PROJECT STATUS
"E ­L .' '
u r
ANAL
KI.E nso IC R coNSr
CONSERVATION EASEMENT PLAT
NE APEFEAR UMBRELLA
MITIGATION BANK-
HOLLY SHELTER BAY TRACT
HOLLY TOWNSHIP, PENDER CO N C
pARAMOUNTE
f t <•
WILMINGTON, NC FAYETTEVILLE NC
,
5911 Oleander Dave, Swte _Ul
Wdm n on North Cazohna 28403
910 791 -6707 O 910 791 G760
) > (F)
NC license # C -2846
CLIENT INFORMATION
WETLAND R ESOURCE CENT LLC
3970 BOWEN ROAD
CANAL WINCHESTER, OH 43110
REVISIONS.
DRAwNG INFORMATION
NN
F
� Z
n
2
n
N
m ;
N
�F
m
7g 4p lg
v
a
m
i
�
1
3,g >,
a`
Ovl
N
A
m
x
;gym
-V
N =
N N =
W Z
1+ (1)�
0D�
n
m
w
� v
a
A
- Sy
b4 A2s
32
? 4
3•x90
Z
M.ZS b£ LON
1
l9 S9Z 3. 5 b£ LOS
S9k
$9
09 Z49
9Z 4Ll
S
JJ
L9 gzi,
JJ�t,,
JA
3.ZS b£ LOS
Ja,
x
a°
°ti
0-0
�9tioq
w
Ass °AJ
C4
IV4
o to z
N
0DA
;I -n n
m —Im
1
CID r
o+ j
N
W
.t91
ra0 ,aGl
69 9LS
r
3.49 0£ LOS
x
n
�
a tiv
x
N
3
a
0
$�m
�+
m
n
F,
II
0
0
7 �
B9 Od L1 8W
a
m
"
�'rJ
u,
O D
0 A 0
A o,z
z z o
0
D
D j> C C i
Z D (7 N Z
M t, 51 n
o
N Z Z 0
A
PROJECT STATUS
"E ­L .' '
u r
ANAL
KI.E nso IC R coNSr
CONSERVATION EASEMENT PLAT
NE APEFEAR UMBRELLA
MITIGATION BANK-
HOLLY SHELTER BAY TRACT
HOLLY TOWNSHIP, PENDER CO N C
pARAMOUNTE
f t <•
WILMINGTON, NC FAYETTEVILLE NC
,
5911 Oleander Dave, Swte _Ul
Wdm n on North Cazohna 28403
910 791 -6707 O 910 791 G760
) > (F)
NC license # C -2846
CLIENT INFORMATION
WETLAND R ESOURCE CENT LLC
3970 BOWEN ROAD
CANAL WINCHESTER, OH 43110
REVISIONS.
DRAwNG INFORMATION
o. E aorsn:
X.-ED oo
DE9CNE0
OIECKEO DUEE